Jaguar Xk8 electrical service manual

Citation preview

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

1998 Range Electrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JTP 615

XK8 Range 1998

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format This Electrical Guide is made up of tw o major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as w ell as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, w hich are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity w ith the layout of the book and w ith the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the follow ing pages should help to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations The follow ing abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Netw ork COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Netw ork VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service M anual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN) VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the follow ing manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “ up to VIN 123456” ; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “ from VIN 123456 on” . X K8 Electrical System Architecture The XK8 system “ architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. M ultiplexing allow s for greatly simplified w iring harnesses, w hile at the same time allow ing flexibility in programming market variants. Tw o data netw orks are used in the system: a controller area netw ork (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol netw ork (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures w ith the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the netw ork, or transmits data via the netw ork to achieve control. M essages for both netw orks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user w ill be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the tw o netw orks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both pow er and logic grounds; how ever, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles.

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

1

Table of Contents

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 M ain Pow er Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control M odule Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23

NOTE: The Appendix, w hich contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Netw ork messages, follow s the Figure and Data pages.

2

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

FIGURES Fig. Description

Table of Contents

Variant

01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... M ain Pow er Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Pow er Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Pow er Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EM S Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Sw itched Pow er Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine M anagement Sw itched Pow er Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Sw itched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles 03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 04.5

...... ...... ...... ...... ......

Engine Management AJ26 N/A NAS Engine M anagement: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687 AJ26 N/A ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1 ................................. AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687 AJ26 N/A Engine M anagement: Part 2 ........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687 AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 2 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles

➞

➞ ➞

05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles 05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

D A TE OF ISSU E:

FEBRU A RY 1 9 9 8

3

Table of Contents

FIGURES Fig. Description

XK8 Range 1998

Variant

10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5

...... ...... ...... ...... ......

Steering; Mirrors; Suspension Pow er Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles Steering Column M ovement .......................................................... All Vehicles M irror M ovement .......................................................................... All Vehicles Interior and Exterior M irrors; Fold-Back M irrors .............................. All Vehicles Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles

12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4

...... ...... ...... ......

Seat Systems Driver Seat: M emory ...................................................................... M emory Seat Vehicles Driver Seat: Non M emory .............................................................. Non M emory Seat Vehicles Passenger Seat: 3-Way M ovement ................................................ 3-Way M ovement Vehicles Passenger Seat: 2-Way M ovement ................................................ 2-Way M ovement Vehicles

13 Door Locking; Security 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4

...... ...... ...... ......

In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible .................................... Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe ........................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems 19.1 ...... CAN (Netw ork); SCP Netw ork; Serial Data Links ............................ All Vehicles

4

D A TE OF ISSU E:

FEBRU A RY 1 9 9 8

XK8 Range 1998 ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL M ODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ACCELEROM ETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ADAPTIVE DAM PING CONTROL M ODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING COM PRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL M ODULE .............................. Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL M ODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1

Component Index BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 CAM SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1 CD AUTO-CHANGER............................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1

CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

AM BIENT TEM PERATURE SENSOR....................................... Fig. 07.1

COLUM N JOY STICK (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2

ANTENNA M OTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUM P ..................................................... Fig. 15.2

ASPIRATOR ASSEM BLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR)...................... Fig. 11.2 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2 BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3

BLOWER M OTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.3

BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1 DAM PER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 DIM M ER CONTROL (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2 DIM M ER M ODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 DOOR CONTROL M ODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

5

Component Index DOOR CONTROL M ODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR M IRROR M OTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR M IRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE COM PARTM ENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEM PERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

XK8 Range 1998 FUEL PUM P ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3 FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1 FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COM PARTM ENT .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT .................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5 FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUM INATION M ODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2 GLOVE BOX LAM P ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 HEADLAM P LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

EVAPORATIVE EM ISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

HEATER PUM P ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

EVAPORATOR / HEATER M ATRIX ASSEM BLY ...................... Fig. 07.1

HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1

HIGH-M OUNTED STOP LAM P ................................................ Fig. 09.2

FOOT WELL LAM PS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION M ODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

FRONT FOG LAM PS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1 FRONT LAM P UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1 FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1 HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1

6

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998 IGNITION COILS...................................................................... Fig. 04.3 IGNITION M ODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 IM PACT SENSORS.................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Component Index M INOR INSTRUM ENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 M IRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 M ODE SWITCH (TRANSM ISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1

NOT-IN-PARK M ICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1

INTERIOR REAR VIEW M IRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.4

NUM BER PLATE LAM PS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2

KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1

INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2

KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 PEDAL POSITION AND M ECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 POWER AM PLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL M ODULE.............. Fig. 11.1 POWER WASH PUM P ............................................................ Fig. 14.1

KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

PUDDLE LAM PS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1

LAM P CONTROL M ODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2

QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS........................................................... Fig. 15.2

LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY M ODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3 LIGHTING STALK (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 M AIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2 M AJOR INSTRUM ENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUM INATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 REAR INTERIOR LAM P (COUPE ONLY).................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER M ID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3

M ASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

M ICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

M ID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

7

Component Index SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL M ODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL M ODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4

XK8 Range 1998 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT............................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TAIL LAM P UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4 THROTTLE M OTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2 TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUM BAR PUM P – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUM BAR PUM P – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2

SEAT M OTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1

SEAT M OTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR M ODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL M ODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

TRANSM ISSION CONTROL M ODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSM ISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSM ISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COM PUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAM PS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1

SIDE M ARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3

TWEETERS.............................................................................. Fig. 16.3 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

STARTER M OTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

STEERING COLUM N M OTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2

VANITY LAM PS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SUPPRESSION M ODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR M EM ORY............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3

8

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index

VARIABLE VALVE TIM ING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 VENT ASSEM BLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1 WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUM N SWITCHGEAR).................... Fig. 14.1 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2 WINDSHIELD WASH PUM P AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1 WIPER M OTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

9

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Figure and Data Page Layout Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) w ith variations in the system identified by a numeral follow ing a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page w ith a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control M odule, Pin Out information is provided w ith values for “ active” and “ inactive” states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins w ith all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “ Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “ inactive” means a load is not applied or a sw itch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

CONTROL M ODULE PIN OUT INFORM ATION

FIGURE NUM BER

Fig. 03.1

CONTROL M ODULE PIN OUT INFORM ATION BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE P

Description

I

FC14-7

D

FC14-39

Pin

COM PONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORM ATION

COM PONENTS Active

Inactive

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COM M UNICATIONS

I

FC14-41

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE

FC14 / 104-WAY AM P EEEC / GREY

PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

O

FC14-73

STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / CONTROL M ODULE ENCLOSURE

B+

B+

EM 10 / 28-WAY M ULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM 11 / 16-WAY M ULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM 12 / 22-WAY M ULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM 13 / 34-WAY M ULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM 14 / 12-WAY M ULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM 15 / 22-WAY M ULTILOCK 47 / WHITE

I

FC14-80

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

D

FC14-92

ENCODED COM M UNICATIONS

Component

ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE P

Pin

Description

Active

Inactive

D

EM 10-6

OK TO START – ENCODED COM M UNICATIONS

I

EM 10-15

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRM ATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

D

EM 10-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COM M UNICATIONS

I

EM 11-6

ENGINE CRANK

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE P

Pin

Description

Active

D

FC22-9

GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COM M UNICATION)

D

FC22-16

OK TO START (ENCODED COM M UNICATION)

D

FC22-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COM M UNICATION)

Connector / Type / Color

BATTERY

Location / Access

BT66 / EYELET BT67 / EYELET

TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE

GENERATOR

AN1 / EYELET AN2 / EYELET ST11 / EYELET

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / RIGHT FRONT

HIGH POWER PROTECTION M ODULE

BT60 / EYELET BT61 / EYELET BT62 / EYELET BT63 / EYELET

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC4 / 8-WAY M ULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

STEERING COLUM N

KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE

FC22 / 20-WAY M ULTILOCK 040 / GREEN

ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC89 / 3-WAY M ULTILOCK 070 / GREY

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)

PI50 / 3-WAY SUM ITOM O 0902 / BLACK

STARTER M OTOR

ST2 / EYELET ST3 / EYELET ST10 / EYELET

ENGINE BLOCK

SUPPRESSION M ODULE

AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED

REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAM P

Inactive

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEM BLY ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / GENERATOR

RELAYS Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM 50 / BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector

Type / Color

Location / Access

BT80

EYELET

EM 1

20-WAY M ULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM 2

18-WAY M ULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM 3

14-WAY M ULTILOCK 070 / GREY

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM 60

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD

PI1

57-WAY SUM ITOM O / BLACK

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSM ISSION

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location / Type

BT68

BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC3BR

EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSM ISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

CONTROL M ODULE PIN OUT INFORM ATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground

D C S

Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

B+ Battery voltage V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. D A TE OF ISSU E: FEBRU A RY 19 9 8

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

M ODEL RANGE AND YEAR

TITLE

FIGURE NUM BER

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

XK8 Range 1998

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

N

BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

BATTERY

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

1

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK

WN

I FC4-5

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

75

SU

FC4-2

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

37

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

FC3BL

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I FC14-41

FC4-1

FCS48

GO

GO

O FC14-73

RW

III

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.1

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/ A

II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

STARTER RELAY BK FCS47

BK

BK

LOGIC

RU

RU

FC89-3

I FC14-7

FC89-1

POWER

NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

GO

I ENGINE START

EM11-6

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION

SU

D GLASS BREAKAGE

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

FC22-9

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

G

05.1

I EM10-15

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D

O.K. TO START

D

Y

Y EM10-17

Y FCS74

EM3-8

D SECURITY

ACKNOWLEDGE

FC22-17

O

O EM10-6

EM2-18

D O.K. TO START FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR

WR EM60-2

ST3 ST2

N

6

N

B 31

WP

ST10

II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW EM1-14

SW PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

1

5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

6 II

II

52

84

Fig. 01.3

40

60

Fig. 01.1 II

E

E

39

E

1 Fig. 01.5

KEY TO REFERENCE SYM BOLS

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

FIGURE PAGE

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

11

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols Reference symbols are used for three purposes: • to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to pow er supply or ground • to refer the user to a related circuit • to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds

Battery Power Supply

X

This symbol represents a direct battery pow er supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3. X

X

I

II

X E

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition sw itched pow er supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary pow er. Pow er is supplied in ignition sw itch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control. X

XX

XX

I

II

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition sw itched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol w ithout a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition sw itch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition sw itch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). XX.X

BPM

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag w ith the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Pow er Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. M ost of the circuits w here this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances w here signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).

BPM Because the Body Processor M odule appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s) I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and netw ork pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.

12

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998 Wiring Symbols

User Instructions Wiring Color Codes N B W K G R Y

SPLICE SIM PLIFIED SPLICE

BULB

Brow n Black White Pink Green Red Yellow

O S L U P BRD

Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Braid

CAPACITOR

When a w ire has tw o or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s).

CONNECTOR

Wiring Harness Codes DIODE

DIODE (IN HARNESS) XX1-X

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED LED

M OTOR

POTENTIOM ETER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID

SUPPRESSION DIODE

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

THERM ISTOR

TRANSISTOR

XX1

XX1-X

Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL

Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression M odule Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link M ain Pow er Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine M anagement Cruise Control Link Engine M anagement Engine M anagement Side M arker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forw ard Pow er Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearw ard LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Sw itchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone

Code Numbering When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

WIRE CONTINUED ZENER DIODE

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

13

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Component Numbers Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUM BER + PIN NUM BER EXAM PLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash) Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number w ill be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24 Harness code

FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin num ber

Connector num ber

Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUM BER EXAM PLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than tw o w ires) w ithin components, in w ires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show w ires from other circuits.

RHS3

RHS3 SIM PLIFIED SPLICE

Harness code

Splice num ber

Splice

Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAM PLE:

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are show n w ithin the relay. The connector number is show n in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is show n adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays w hile the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAM PLE: AC20

14

AC20

4

9

3

5

8

10

1

2

6

7

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUM BER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)

Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top). Eyelet designation Tw o eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, w hich is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has tw o ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right). S

L

SINGLE EYELET

R

EYELET PAIR

EXAM PLES: Harness code

Harness code

Harness code

Ground stud num ber

Ground stud num ber

Ground stud num ber

FC2S

LF1A R

Single leg eyelet

BT1CS

RH leg of eyelet

Single leg eyelet

First eyelet on stud

Third eyelet on stud

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is show n in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAM PLES:

EM 2A R (EM 1A R)

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles

BT1A L

Sam e for LHD & RHD Vehicles

15

Connectors

XK8 Range 1998

The follow ing connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.

Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and ‘ direct ’ connect ion connector).

Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Econoseal III LC Low current sealed connector.

Econoseal III HC High current sealed connector.

Ford Card Used for SRS only.

16

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

M ain Pow er Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

M ain Pow er Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION

GROUND POINTS

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT FUSE BOX

GENERATOR LF70 ST11

LF1 STARTER M OTOR ST3

LF2

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR BT80 ST1

ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT FUSE BOX (RHD)

EM 2

EM 70

EM 70

ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT FUSE BOX (LHD)

EM 1 RHD

LF3

FC4

FC3 (QUIET GROUND)

FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC1 CE2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT GROUND

FC90 FC93

RHD

BT79 EM 71 FC91 LF71

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

FC90 FC92

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR

FC6

FC5

RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA)

RH2

RH1

RADIO ANTENNA GROUND BT61

HIGH POWER PROTECTION M ODULE BT68 BATTERY GROUND

BT62 BT63

BT60

BT66

+

BT1 BT2 BT3

BATTERY

–

BT68 BT67

TRUNK FUSE BOX

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

BT64

17

Harness Layout

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Layout

LHD

RHD

FRONT OF VEHICLE

FRONT OF VEHICLE

LF2

LF1

LF2

LF41

LF1

LF41

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE

LL – POWER STEERING LINK EL – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT SIDE M ARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD PI1 PI2

LF3

LF3 LF40

EM60

EM2

LL1

EL1

EM – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT

LF1 LF2 LF60

AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15

AC16

EM1 EM2 EM3

FC3

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC – COLUM N SWITCHGEAR

LF1 LF2 LF60

DP1

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

EM60

EL1

EM1

EM2

AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIM ATE CONTROL)

DP1

FC2 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4

PI1 PI2

LF3

FC1

FC4

EL – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT SIDE M ARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD

LF3 LF40

EM1

AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIM ATE CONTROL)

DD1

ST – STARTER LINK

PI – ENGINE

EM – ENGINE M ANAGEM ENT

AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15

AC16

EM1 EM2 EM3

DD1

FC3

FC1

FC4

FC2

RF1

RF1

RF – ROOF

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4

SC – COLUM N SWITCHGEAR SW1 SW2

SW – STEERING WHEEL

FC – FASCIA

TL – TELEPHONE

FC – FASCIA

SW1 SW2

TL – TELEPHONE RT3

IC1 IC2

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINM ENT

RF – ROOF

RT20

RT3

RT20 IC1 IC2

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINM ENT

FC5

FC6 IC4

FC5

FC6 IC4

SD1 SD2

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

SP1 SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

RH2

RH5

RH6

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BB1

SP1 SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

SD1 SD2

BL1

RH2

QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RH5

RH6

18

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BT1

BB1

BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT1

BT2 BT73

BT72

RR – RH REAR WHEEL

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

BL1

BT73

RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID

BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

BT2 BT72

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

SW – STEERING WHEEL

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

Control M odule Identification and Location

LHD

RHD

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY M ODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL M ODULE

Control M odule Identification and Location

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY M ODULE TRANSM ISSION CONTROL M ODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL M ODULE TRANSM ISSION CONTROL M ODULE

ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE

BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL M ODULE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL M ODULE

M AJOR INSTRUM ENT PACK KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL M ODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL M ODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL M ODULE M AJOR INSTRUM ENT PACK

DIM M ER M ODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE

BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE DIM M ER M ODULE

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL M ODULE

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUM INATION M ODULE

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUM INATION M ODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL M ODULE ADAPTIVE DAM PING CONTROL M ODULE

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

LAM P CONTROL M ODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL M ODULE ADAPTIVE DAM PING CONTROL M ODULE

LAM P CONTROL M ODULE

19

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1998

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL M ODULE

TRANSM ISSION CONTROL M ODULE: AJ26 N/ A

EM 7 EM 7 / 88-WAY / BLACK

LF37

28 BY

27 —

55 WB 88 —

87 —

86 Y

26 ND 54 WB

85 G

25 —

53 RU 84 —

24 —

23 BRD

52 RY 83 Y

51 OB 82 G

22 UY

50 — 81 —

21 BU 49 —

80 —

79 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 —

16 U

15 BRD

14 N

13 US

12 RP

11 —

10 —

9 W

8 RB

7 —

48 —

47 —

46 —

45 RG

44 R

43 —

42 G

41 —

40 —

39 —

38 —

37 Y

36 S

35 —

78 —

77 —

76 —

75 —

74 —

73 —

72 —

71 —

70 —

69 —

68 —

67 —

66 —

65 —

6 B 34 B 64 —

5 OG 33 YP

4 OK

32 YU

63 —

62 —

L G

H Y

3 — 31 —

2 RS 30 YB

61 —

60 —

1 OU 29 OR

59 —

58 —

57 —

56 —

2 UG

1 WR

TRANSM ISSION CONTROL M ODULE: AJ26 SC

LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK

TOP

17 W

18 R 10 —

1 UO

19 UP 11 —

2 US

20 WU 12 —

3 S

21 P

13 UB 4 G

22 U 14 R

5 Y

23 — 15 G

6 Y

24 B

25 WY

8 B

9 NR

EM 73

EM 72

16 RY 7 O

EM 73 / 18-WAY / BLACK 23 — 1 YU

2 BS

24 — 3 P

EM 72 / 14-WAY / BLACK

25 26 27 28 LGB LGU LGP LGN 4 —

5 —

6 —

7 —

8 —

29 WB

30 B 9 —

33 B 10 —

12 BG

34 BY 13 BW

35 BU 14 BK

36 BO

15 BLG

37 BN 16 BP

38 BR 17 BS

ENGINE CONTROL M ODULE

EM 14

EM 15

EM 13

EM 12

EM 11

EM 10

AJ26 N/A EM 14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM 15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6 R

5 R

4 BK

3 WR

2 GY

1 GY

11 B

12 G

11 G

10 B

9 B

8 B

7 B

22 B

EM 13 / 34-WAY / GREY

10 —

9 RY

8 RG

7 BU

6 BW

5 BY

4 BO

3 PN

21 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 BN

16 BG

15 BP

14 —

2 PU

1 PS

13 —

12 B

10 — 16 WU

9 KW

8 —

7 —

15 W

6 — 14 GR

26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK

5 —

4 OK

EM 12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP

13 PY

22 UB

2 W

12 RW 21 —

34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY

20 B 30 —

19 Y

1 KN 11 PW

18 S

29 O

28 P

6 YW 11 —

10 RY

17 N 27 BG

5 WU

17 U

4 —

9 SG 16 N

22 BP

3 —

EM 11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 —

8 SLG 15 R

21 —

2 —

14 G

13 GY

20 —

4 WU 7 —

16 K

10 G 15 R

EM 10 / 28-WAY / GREY

1 SR 6 GO

11 U 18 BY

2 —

7 RG

12 UP 19 BY

3 P

9 UY 14 BG

8 — 5 SG

13 O

8 UW 13 BY

12 BG

7 —

6 O

5 WK

12 K 21 UW

28 Y

4 UN

3 ULG

11 PG 20 BG

27 G

19 — 26 Y

18 —

10 US 17 Y

16 PK

25 G

15 G

9 NO

14 OU

24 —

23 BK

22 B

AJ26 SC EM 14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM 15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6 R

5 R

4 BK

3 WR

2 GY

1 GY

11 B

12 G

11 G

10 B

9 B

8 B

7 B

22 B

EM 13 / 34-WAY / GREY

10 —

9 —

8 —

7 BU

6 BW

5 BY

4 BO

3 PN

21 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 BN

16 BG

15 BP

14 —

2 PU

1 PS

13 —

12 B

10 RY 16 WU

9 KW

8 —

7 —

15 W

6 — 14 GR

26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY

20

22 UB

5 —

4 OK

EM 12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP

13 PY

2 W

12 RW 21 —

20 B 30 —

19 Y 29 O

1 KN 11 PW

18 S 28 P

6 YW 11 —

17 N 27 BG

5 WU 10 RY

17 U 22 BP

4 YR

9 SG 16 N

21 —

3 YN

EM 11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 YU

8 SLG 15 R

20 —

2 YG

14 G

13 GY

4 WU 7 —

16 K

10 G 15 R

9 UY 14 BG

EM 10 / 28-WAY / GREY

1 SR 6 GO

11 U 18 BY

2 —

7 RG

12 UP 19 BY

3 P

8 — 5 SG

13 O

8 UW 13 BY

12 BG

7 —

5 WK

12 K 21 UW

28 Y

6 O

3 ULG

2 UG

11 PG 20 BG

27 G

4 UN

19 — 26 Y

18 —

1 WR

10 US 17 Y

16 PK

25 G

D A TE OF ISSU E:

15 G 24 —

9 NO

14 OU 23 BK

22 B

FEBRU A RY 19 9 8

XK8 Range 1998

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL M ODULE M AJOR INSTRUM ENT PACK BT41

BT40

BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS) 13 —

12 —

11 —

10 —

9 —

8 —

7 YP

6 —

5 RY

4 —

3 LGY

2 —

1 R

8 S

7 OG

6 NK

5 YW

4 GW

3 UG

2 OB

1 OR

26 —

25 —

24 —

23 —

22 —

21 —

20 —

19 YR

18 —

17 —

16 —

15 —

14 —

16 U

15 NY

14 BK

13 BK

12 —

11 UO

10 —

9 GR

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW)

FC25

13 —

12 —

11 —

10 BK

9 —

8 LGS

7 —

6 —

5 RY

4 —

3 —

2 —

1 —

26 YO

25 —

24 —

23 —

22 —

21 —

20 —

19 YR

18 —

17 —

16 —

15 —

14 —

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE

FC26

FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK

FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK

1 BK

2 WG

3 RN

4 —

5 —

6 SO

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 SU

11 —

12 —

13 UY

14 R

15 —

16 —

17 —

18 —

19 S

20 U

21 —

22 —

23 Y

24 Y

1 RK

2 OW

3 PY

4 SG

5 OU

6 UB

7 ON

8 RG

9 RS

10 OB

11 RB

12 RU

25 NR

26 B

27 RO

28 RO

29 —

30 —

31 —

32 —

33 BR

34 —

35 Y

36 O

37 —

38 —

39 —

40 —

41 —

42 —

43 —

44 —

45 —

46 —

47 G

48 G

13 BW

14 RW

15 OU

16 YW

17 OS

18 OG

19 OS

20 UW

21 RLG

22 SW

23 OP

24 UR

DD11

DD10

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK 7 BP 15 WG

6 KS 14 —

22 UN

BODY PROCESSOR M ODULE

5 LGU 13 —

21 UP

4 OU

12 OY 20 GY

3 SN 11 —

19 —

2 UG 10 YO

18 —

DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 OB

9 YN 17 OR

7 OB 8 —

15 OU

16 —

6 SU

14 GW 22 PK

5 SY 13 PO

21 PU

4 PN

12 PW

20 WU

3 PG 11 PB

19 BR

2 BY 10 BG

18 BO

1 N 9 U

17 B

8 BK 16 S

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL M ODULE FC14

FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY 79 NG

80 NB

81 GR

53 RK 27 GO

54 RB

28 RW 1 RY

2 GY

82 GR 55 SP

29 S

84 U

56 UW 30 U

3 GK

83 GB 57 —

31 SW 4 GU

85 S 58 SB

32 WN

5 SO

86 ON 59 PY

33 RG

6 YW

87 SK 60 RY

34 LGK 7 RU

8 —

88 YG 61 KG

35 OU

89 LGR

62 LGU

63 SW

36 37 LGW LGR

9 LGU

10 SR

90 BG

11 YB

91 BW 64 —

38 OR

92 SU 65 BK

39 Y 12 OP

93 YK 66 PU

40 WU 13 GO

94 LGO 67 UR

41 RW

14 UB

15 WO

NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

42 UY

95 RS

68 US

96 PW 69 OK

43 BLG 16 RY

44 OY

17 OS

97 — 70 GS

71 SR

45 UG 18 YS

98 GB

99 PN 72 —

46 —

19 20 WLG OG

100 BR 73 GO

47 —

101 PW

74 RW

48 OG 21 —

22 WB

102 NY 75 —

49 —

103 B

76 GK 50 GY

23 WO

77 GP

51 RW

24 NW

DP11

104 NY 78 PG

DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

52 BS 25 B

DP10

7 — 26 YG

15 —

6 — 14 —

22 —

5 LGU 13 —

21 —

4 —

12 — 20 GY

3 — 11 —

19 —

2 — 10 —

18 —

DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 —

9 — 17 —

7 OB 8 —

16 —

15 OU

6 SU

14 GW 22 PK

21 PU

5 SY 13 PO

4 PN

12 PW

20 WU

3 PG 11 PB

19 —

2 PY 10 BG

18 BO

1 N 9 U

17 B

8 BK 16 S

21

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1998

Control M odule Connector Pin Identification and Location

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

SD3

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL M ODULE

SD4

SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SD5

SP3

SD4 / 26-WAY / BLACK

SD5 / 10-WAY / BLACK

SP5

SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK

9 UY

10 UW

11 KW

12 KY

13 GN

14 GP

15 GW

16 GY

14 WP

15 —

16 —

17 —

18 WB

19 —

20 —

21 —

22 —

23 —

24 —

25 —

26 —

6 —

7 —

8 G

9 S

10 U

9 UY

10 UW

11 KW

12 KY

13 GN

14 GP

15 GW

16 GY

6 —

7 —

8 G

9 S

10 U

1 PS

2 PO

3 OK

4 R

5 OB

6 OR

7 KS

8 KO

1 WG

2 WU

3 B

4 —

5 W

6 WN

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 WR

11 WY

12 WO

13 —

1 B

2 B

3 US

4 UO

5 NK

1 PS

2 PO

3 OK

4 R

5 OB

6 OR

7 KS

8 KO

1 B

2 B

3 US

4 UO

5 NK

KEY TRANSPONDER M ODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL M ODULE ADAPTIVE DAM PING CONTROL M ODULE

BT69 FC22 FC29

FC30

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK 19 —

FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK 7 WK

8 OW

1 —

9 OP

FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY

10 —

2 —

3 —

4 BK

11 YU

5 YW

12 ON

12 BK

6 R

11 RS

6 WK

10 KU

9 KG

5 RG

4 KP

3 KN

8 RW

2 RP

1 SO

7 RW

20 PB 2 UP

21 UB

3 UW

22 RB 4 —

23 — 5 —

24 ON 6 —

25 U 7 —

26 US 8 —

27 NS 9 —

28 K 10 O

29 — 11 WR

30 OB 12 —

31 OW

13 OR

32 OK

14 OG

33 OY 15 OP

34 OU 16 —

35 — 17 —

10 —

9 SU

8 —

7 —

6 O

5 —

4 —

3 —

2 —

1 —

20 —

19 —

18 —

17 Y

16 O

15 —

14 —

13 —

12 —

11 —

18 B

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW)

1 —

10 —

9 SU

8 OG

7 OR

6 O

5 —

4 NR

3 —

2 —

1 SB

20 —

19 —

18 —

17 Y

16 O

15 —

14 WO

13 WN

12 BK

11 —

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL M ODULE LAM P CONTROL M ODULE

AC4

AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK

22

12 WR

13 B

1 WP

2 GY

AC3

AC2

AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY

14 B

15 GW

16 OU

17 UB

18 LGW

19 BW

20 BK

21 O

3 WN

4 WU

5 NY

6 PY

7 UG

8 P

9 UN

10 K

22 — 11 —

BT18

AC1

AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY

BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY

7 SY

8 SR

9 —

10 WP

11 UB

12 KU

9 OU

10 OR

11 YG

12 —

13 UY

14 —

15 UK

16 GP

1 ULG

2 S

3 SG

4 SB

5 OY

6 UG

1 OP

2 RG

3 YW

4 —

5 SU

6 SG

7 US

8 GO

14 —

15 —

1 RLG

2 U

16 LGN

17 RW

18 LGP

19 RU

20 SR

21 Y

22 NR

23 —

3 UY

4 PS

5 LGR

6 RY

7 PR

8 PY

9 RB

10 —

24 —

25 UR

26 GU

11 —

12 UW

13 UO

1 —

2 —

3 —

4 —

5 —

6 —

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 —

11 —

12 —

13 —

14 UP

15 UO

16 RY

17 RK

18 RU

19 UB

20 UW

21 RO

22 RG

23 RW

24 WG

25 R

26 BK

D A TE OF ISSU E:

SEPTEM BER 1 9 9 7

XK8 Range 1998

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAM PLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOM E RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”. Fuel injection relay brow n / brow n Throttle motor power relay brow n / brow n Ignition coil relay brow n / brow n

Wiper FAST/ SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue

Wiper RUN/ STOP relay black / black Door mirror heater relay black (blue) / blue

RH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD)

DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

LH FASCIA RELAYS

EMS control relay brow n / bus

Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brow n / brow n

Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brow n / bus

Engine Management fuse box

CONTROL M ODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

Heater pump relay brow n / bus Front fog relay brow n / bus Main beam relay brow n / bus

Powerwash relay brow n / bus Dip beam relay brow n / bus Horn relay brow n / bus Ignition positive relay brow n / bus

Engine compartment fuse box

ENGINE COM PARTM ENT FUSE BOX RELAYS

TRUNK RELAYS:

➞ VIN 024687

Tail lamp relay brow n / bus Heated backlight relay brow n / bus Rear fog relay brow n / bus Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black

Fuel pump relay brow n / bus Stop lamp relay brow n / bus Accessory connector relay brow n / bus Ignition positive relay brow n / bus

RH FASCIA RELAYS LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD)

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brow n / bus

CONTROL M ODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687 brow n / brow n

RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

➞

Heated backlight relay brow n / bus

➞

RH windshield heater relay brow n / brow n

Fuel pump 1 relay brow n / bus Stop lamp relay brow n / bus Accessory connector relay brow n / bus Ignition positive relay brow n / bus Trunk fuse box

FEBRU A RY 1 9 9 8

Starter relay brow n / brow n

Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687 brow n / brow n Fuel injection relay brow n / brow n Throttle motor power relay brow n / brow n Ignition coil relay brow n / brow n

LH windshield heater relay brow n / brow n

Rear fog relay brow n / bus

D A TE OF ISSU E:

Door locking relay black (violet) / violet Air conditioning isolate relay black (violet) / violet

Tail lamp relay brow n / bus

Engine Management fuse box EMS control relay brow n / bus

Trunk fuse box

TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687

➞

Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet Fuel pump 2 relay brow n / brow n RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

23

XK8 Range 1998

M ain Pow er Distribution

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

N

N

N BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

N BT67

BT62 BT60

BT66

BATTERY

EM71

FC91

LF71

ST1

6

03.1

04.1

04.2

03.2

STARTER

N

N

BT63

250A

BT79

Fig. 01.1

M ain Pow er Distribution

N N

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

BT68

(RHD) (LHD)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

15.1 15.1

NO

26

PK BT44-2

11

NY

48

II

25 A BT44-1

N

II

RG

N

N

BT64

FC90

N

RG

FC6-6

N

LF7-9

FC93

FC92

EM20-6

FC90

LF70

EM70

BT49

BT2-14

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

1 KY RH2-20

N

FC21-6

KY

9

II

WN

N

BT12-9

B+ (BT66)

(BT65)

10

I

RG

BATTERY POST KY

12

2

1

II

O

AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

3

2

I

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

4

3

II

EMS CONTROL RELAY

5

4

II

5

E

FC14-97

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

FC14-32

LOGIC

1

09.2

1

07.2

2

07.2

2

09.1

3

09.2

3

09.1

4

04.3

4

14.1

5

09.2

5

09.1

6

18.1

6

13.2

04.6

04.8

13.3

18.1

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

I

Fig. 01.4

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

RELAYS

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

POWER

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

04.4

04.5

04.7

ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

XK8 Range 1998

3

FC6 -1

#2 10A

FC6 -5

NK

7

11.4

12.1

12.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

#1 20A

SD1-2

NS

NS

8

NU NU

#3 30A

NU

NU

FC6 -3

LFS20

LF1-20

NU RW

9

07.2 14.1

10 14.1

NK #1 20A

RW

RW #4 10A

FC6 -8

FCS39

RW NB

#5 15A

NB

FC5 -9

NR

#2 10A

FC21 -5

#3

FC21 -3

NR

NR

NR

FCS19

FC5 -10

NY #7 15A

FC5 -4

#8 5A

FC5 -7

NY NP

NP FCS5

N N

NP FC5 -2

#9

N

SDS6

NW (LHD) NU (RHD) #11 20A

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)

NW FC21 -8

FC6 -4

#15 25A

NO FCS81

FC5 -3

NO

N

AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

NO

NLG #17 10A

NO

NO

NLG

DDS2

18 13.2

09.1

09.2

12.1

12.2

12.3

NP

12.4

13.3

NP

FC20 -9

18.1

NY NY

13.3

#6 10A

FC20 -10

#7 20A

FC20 -4

20 11.2

RH14-2

NY NY

FCS23

NB N

N #8 5A

12.2

12.4

35 11.2

11.3

12.1

36 11.3

11.4

15.1

13.1

13.2

31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1

37 13.1 38 10.1

22 12.1

N

FC20 -7

12.2

N

SPS1

SP1-5

NP

23 07.2

#9 10A

FC20 -2

24 19.1

#11 20A

FC21 -2

#13

FC21 -4

#15 25A

FC20 -3

25 10.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

15.1

26 01.1

NP

NU (LHD) NW (RHD)

NY

NY FCS82

NY

41 07.1 42 11.2 43 12.3

12.4

44 12.3

12.4

45 16.1

16.2

16.3

47 10.1

11.3

13.1

48 01.1

15.1

27 18.1

NR

N

NY

NY

NP NP

#18 10A

29 08.1

FC20 -6

FCS88

15.1

BT2-2

NG

FC20 -1

28 18.1

46 07.2

DP1-22

AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

NG #17 15A

NLG

NP

49 BPM 50 10.2 51 10.2

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 E

13.3

40 07.1

AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD)

NY

BT58-2

FC5 -6

6 5

13.2

39 16.4

BPM

II

15.1

IC2-13

15.1

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

1

13.3

AC12-20

NB

19 BPM

21 12.1

NW NW

RH2-13

NLG

NR #18 5A

NW

15 BPM

BT2-8

FCS40

FC5 -1

NW DD1-4

DD1-22

RH2-8

NLG

NW

14 17.1

17 13.2

NW

ACS3

NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NY

NO

DPS2

NW AC13-14

NW

AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD)

NY #13 5A

NW NW

NW

13 17.1

16 06.1

12.3

NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.

SD1-5

FC6 -2

NR

FCS89

11 14.1

RF1-7

NR

NR

DP1-4

12 17.1

30 11.4

SP1-2

NR

#5 5A

#6 5A

NK

FC21 -1

#4 5A

1

Fig. 01.2

2

NK BATTERY POWER BUS

Battery Pow er Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

Battery Pow er Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.

XK8 Range 1998

1

4

NK

BATTERY POWER BUS

NK NK #1 5A

NK

(CONV.) BTS36

BT13 -7

NK NK NS

#2 20A

NS

BT13 -1

NG NG

#9 10A

NG

NG BTS42

BT11 -3

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

52 09.2

11.4

15.2

53 15.2 54 15.2 55 15.2 56 15.2

NG

58 16.1

16.2

#10 10A

NY

BT13 -2

NU NU

#12 20A (CONV.)

NU

BTS32

BT12 -3

NO NO #14 40A (CONV.)

BT13 -4

#16

BT12 -4

#18

BT10 -1

#20 20A (CONV.)

NO

BTS4

NR NR NR

BTS31

BT10 -3

NW #22 20A

NW

LF6 -3

#10

LF8 -2

#12 30A

LF7 -3

#14 30A

LF8 -4

#16 30A

LF7 -4

16.3

59 16.3

68 13.2

NLG

69 04.3

NG

70 04.3

NY

04.6 04.6

04.8 04.8

07.2

II

E

#3 25A

EM20 -3

61 13.1

13.2

NW

NW

NW

NW NO (N/A) NO

EMS41

EM20 -8

(SC)

72 06.1

#18 30A

LF5 -1

#20

LF5 -3

#5 10A

EM19 -9

#22

LF5 -2

#6

EM19 -10

#7

EM19 -4

#8 10A

EM19 -7

#9 30A

EM19 -2

#11

EM20 -2

#13

EM20 -4

#15 30A

EM19 -3

#17 30A

EM19 -1

NO

NY

NY

NLG

NLG

NG

NG

NG

NG

NP

NP

NW

NW

51

Fig. 01.2

52

81

Fig. 01.3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

63 15.2 64 15.2

66 15.2 67 15.2 67A 04.6

38

II

II

E

73 03.1

03.2

74 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

75 05.1 75A 04.7

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

76 04.3

04.6

04.8

77 04.3

04.6

04.8

07.2

78 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.6

04.8

65 15.2

6 39

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

62 15.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. #18 10A

7

72A 04.8

13.3

EM19 -6

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

6 5

EM20 -5

#4 5A

BT12 -7

Fig. 01.1 1

#2 20A

NO

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

EM20 -1

07.2

71 06.1

NR

#1

60 16.3

IC4-2

NY

NW #9 10A

57 11.5

IC4-1

NG

Fig. 01.3

5

BATTERY POWER BUS

(COUPE)

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

Battery Pow er Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EM S Fuse Boxes

Battery Pow er Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EM S Fuse Boxes

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

79 07.2 80 07.2 81 04.3

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Sw itched Pow er Distribution

1

II

II

WU

IGNITION POWER BUS

WU #10 5A

6 II

FC6 -7

WP

7 II

WP

8 II

WP

WP #12 10A

FCS8

FC6 -10

WP

WP

9 II

ACS17

AC15-3

WP

FCS29

FC5 -8

WR

EMS15

WR #16 5A

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

12 04.3 II

BT13 -9

#5

BT11 -2

WR

FC21 -10

04.6

WG

13 08.1 II

WG

14 04.1 II

WG

15 17.1 II

WR

16 11.4 II

WR

17 07.2 II

WR

18 07.2 II

WR

19 05.1 II

05.2

WR

20 05.1 II

05.2

WR

20A 05.2 II

#14 20A

FC20 -8

#16

FC20 -5

LG

LG

21 16.4 I

WY

WY

22 16.1 I

WU

23 18.1 I

IC2-12

WU

24A 04.6 II

WR

25 11.5 II

WB

26A 05.2 II

WB

27 05.1 II

WB

28 05.1 II

WP

29 03.1 II

WR

30 13.2 II

WR

31 09.3 II

WR

32 09.3 II

WR

33 09.3 II

WU

34 06.1 II

WK

35 03.1 II

03.2

WK

36 04.1 II

04.2

04.4

WK

37 04.3 II

04.6

04.8

04.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

1

09.2

2

07.2

4

04.3

04.8

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

4 (SC)

WB

16.2

#1 10A

LF8 -7

#2 5A

LF8 -1

WB

(N/A) EMS42

LF40-13

WP

WP

PI2-12

LF3-13

16.3

WR #3 5A

LFS5

LF8 -8

WR LF60-9

WU LF8 -9

WK #5 10A

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

LF6 -2

WK LF40-10

WR

EMS6

LF5 -9

38 II

1 07.2 2 09.1 RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

04.6

#4 5A

1

04.8

WG

II

FC21 -7

WG BTS1

BT10 -9

IGNITION POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

#4 5A

24 09.2 II

II

I

#12 5A

BT13 -8

26

2

#10 5A

WG #3 5A

WG

07.2

WG

FCS63

FC5 -5

07.1

11 11.1 II

WR EM2-3

07.2

WP

RF1-1

WR

19.1

10 07.2 II

WG #14 10A

IGNITION POWER BUS

3

Fig. 01.4

Ignition Sw itched Pow er Distribution

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

03.2

04.5

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Engine M anagement Sw itched Pow er Supplies

Engine M anagement Sw itched Pow er Supplies

5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

E

WR #10 5A

39 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

40 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

41 05.1 E

WR

42 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

43 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

44 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

45 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WU

46 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

47 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48A 04.7 E

WP

49 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

50 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

51 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

52 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

WP

53 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

54 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WP

54A 04.7 E

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

WP

54B 04.7 E

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

WY

55 04.1 E

EMS7

EM20 -7

WR

WR ELS3

EL1-1

WU

WU LFS24

LF40-12

WU #12 10A

WR

WU EMS16

EM20 -10

WU

(N/A) PIS6

PI1-28

NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

(SC)

WP LF3-9

WP #14 10A

EMS30

EM19 -8

WP

WP PI1-47

PIS8

WY #16 5A

EM19 -5

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

Fig. 01.5

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Sw itched Ground Distribution

III

III

III

III

II

II

II

II

I

I

I

I

IGNITION SWITCH (OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH (I)

IGNITION SWITCH (II)

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

WO

2 II

WO RW

III

1

WO

FCS48

FC4-5

BK

WO

FCS26

5 II

WN

I

4 II

WO FC4-3

BK

3 II

BPM

FC4-1 II

WO

FC4-2

WO

WO

6 II

ACS15

AC13-2

IGNITION SWITCH

WO

7 II

14.1 13.2

13.3

19.1 BPM 04.1

04.2

05.3

06.1

09.2

11.5

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

05.3

06.1

04.8

07.2

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

09.2

FC3BL

RG

8 II

WO

RG

FC46-2

RG

FC46-1 FC46-3

FCS25

LFS27

LF60-8

RG

RG RH2-9

WN

WN

01.1

9A 04.6 II

RG

10 01.1 II

RG

11 01.1 II

WN

12 01.1 I

WN

13 18.1 I

WN

14 10.2 I

WN

15 13.2 I

WN

16 BPM I

WN

17 07.1 I

WN

18 19.1 I

BT1-18

FCS20

WN

BPM

RG

BT1-16

RH2-10

9 II

RG

RG

INERTIA SWITCH

AC13-1

BPM

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Fig. 02.1

Ignition Sw itched Ground Distribution

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

13.3

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

11.5

XK8 Range 1998

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

Fig. 03.1

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/ A

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N

N BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

01.1

BT62

N BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3 FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

FC3BL

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O FC14-73

BK

ST1

II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

BK FCS47

BK

BK

RU

FC89-3

STARTER RELAY

POWER

RU

I FC14-7

FC89-1

LOGIC

NEUTRAL SWITCH FC3BR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

GO

I EM11-6

ENGINE START

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION

SU

D

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D

OK TO START

FC22-9

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

G EM10-15

Y

Y

D EM10-17

I OK TO START

Y FCS74

EM3-8

FC22-17

O

O

D EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR

ST2

N

6

B 29

WP

ST10

II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW EM1-14

SW PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

WR EM60-2

ST3

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

N

BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3 FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

FC3BL

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O FC14-73

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.2

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC

II

ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

STARTER RELAY P, N

RU

O

RU

I

POWER

FC14-7

FC100-4

LOGIC

P, N

B

B EMS43

B EM2-2

EM2AL (EM1AL)

G

O FC100-5

I

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

EM1-11

FC100-2

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH GO

I EM11-6

ENGINE START

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION

G

I

SU

EM10-15

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

Y

Y

D EM10-17

OK TO START

Y FCS74

EM3-8

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D

OK TO START

FC22-17

O

O

D

D FC22-9

EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

WR

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR EM60-2

ST3 ST2

N

6

B 29

WP

ST10

II

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PI50-2

08.1

SW

SW EM1-14

PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

SW PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: AJ26 SC V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A NAS Engine M anagement: Part 1 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

WY

55

A

B

E

EM64-2

UPSTREAM HO2S

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

EVAPP

MAFS

B

CMPS

CKPS

KS

IATS

KS

A

ECTS

A

CCV

B

DOWNSTREAM O2S

FTP SENSOR

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

Fig. 04.1

AJ26 N/ A NAS Engine M anagement: Part 1

λ

λ

λ

λ

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

BRAKE SWITCH

EM11-14

O

03.1

D EM10-6

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

K

19.1

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

I

EM12-16

I

EM12-17

O D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

G

05.1

EM12-22

I EM10-15

PK

01.1

O EM10-16

Y

03.1

D EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C– EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

G

19.1

EM13-4

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28 EM13-29

CAN

Y

19.1

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.1

P

D EM11-3

GO

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY EM16

78 53

5

GY

GY EMS20

WP

B+ EM14-1

3

1

B+ EM14-2

GR

2

E

O

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

EM1-10

OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O

RH1-8

BRD EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

R G

PI2-7 PI2-6

EMS19

42

43

E

E

EMS18

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -2

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

PS PU PN RG RY B B B

-2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3

PEDAL POSITION

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

MECHANICAL GUARD

-2

TPS THROTTLE MOTOR

ELS1

18 I

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

EL1-5

PW RW PY

EL1-4

6

EL4 -1

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY EMS31

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A N AS V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

W

U

W

-1

BRD

N

BRD

U

BG RG UW

WU

OK

WP

BRD PS

U

B

W B

U G

UY

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

OK RH1-9 RH1-10

UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

Fig. 01.1

EM1-4

EMS1

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

1

UW

D EM13-2

NG

EM1-9

C– EM10-27

BG RG UW

PIS1

EMS8 O

EM10-26

CAN

PI1-6

D EM10-13

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BG BG

BG

UW

EM10-12

O

BT2 -4 -5 -3

G

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

OK TO START

I

E

LF40-5

EMS2

I EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

EM24 -2

44

E

U BRD UW BG

FC19

51

PI1 -5

BG

OU

EM11-15

I

-1

UW

OU

I

O

EM11-8

B BRD

O

RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K

UP

EM11-7

-20

UW

EM1-8 EM10-10

I

BG BG

PI1 -19

BY

I

EM10-23

-18

R

FCS35

US

EM10-22

I

PI1 -17

K BRD

AC13-3

US

EM10-21

I

EM22 -2

B

AC24-1

US

O

BG UW B BK

PI1 -22 -23 -21

B

AC24-4

US

EM10-20

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

B

GB

O

PI1 -25 -26 -24

B

B

EM14-3

-57

WR

II

B+

-31

WR

WO

7

-4 -1

E

BY BY GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BG

WR

-2

-2

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

WP

R

N

BRD

S

P

Y

BRD

46

W B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

BG RG UW

E

B+

O

PIS10

49

E

B BRD

48

U

R

W -2

UY E

NO

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY BY

PI1-16

B+ EM10-5

74

-2 PI27 -1

B+ EM10-1

II

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

-3

W

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY GY WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL (EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

AJ26 N/A ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1 KS A

ECTS

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

HO2S

λ

λ NOT USED

-2

E

E

B+

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13 EM11-14

I

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

D EM10-6

K

19.1

D

EM12-17 O

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-12

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

19.1

G

05.1

EM12-22

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

PK

01.1

O EM10-16

Y

03.1

D EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C– EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-26

CAN

G

19.1

EM13-29

Y

19.1

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

P

19.1

D EM11-3

ENGINE CRANK

GO

03.1

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY EM16

78 53

B+ EM14-1

3

5

WP

1

2

GY

GY EMS20

B+ EM14-2

GR

E

O

II

I

EM14-4

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

B

W B

U

OK

WP

BRD PS

OK

UY

N

BRD

PI1 -50 -49

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

R G

PI2-7 PI2-6

EMS19

EMS18

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

PS PU PN RG RY B B B

42

43

E

E

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -2

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3

PEDAL POSITION

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

EL4 -1

MECHANICAL GUARD

-2

TPS THROTTLE MOTOR

ELS1

18 I

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

EL1-5

PW RW PY

EL1-4

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

Fig. 01.1

1

EMS3

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

1

BRD

D EM13-2

NG

OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O

C– EM10-27

CAN

S

EMS8 EM13-4

EM10-15

RH1-8

UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

D EM10-13

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EM1-10

EMS1

UW

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

RH1-9 RH1-10

G

O

03.1

EM1-4

UW

EM12-16

OK TO START

UW

BG

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

BT2 -4 -5 -3

BG RG UW

PIS1 EM1-9

I EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

PI1-6

EMS2

UW

FC19

EM11-15

I

EM24 -2

E

LF40-5

BY

OU

I

-1

44

E

R

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-10

I

BRAKE SWITCH OU

51

PI1 -5

K BRD

I

I

NOT USED

EM22 -2

B

FCS35

US

-20

B

AC13-3

US

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

AC24-1

US

EM11-9

PI1 -19

EMS31

B

AC24-4

US

I

-2

BG BG

WR

II

GB

EM11-8

RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K

-18

BG

WR

7

B

O

BG BG

PI1 -17

BRD

EM10-23

P

EM10-22

I

Y

EM10-21

I

PI1 -22 -23 -21

BRD

O

BG UW B BK

PI1 -25 -26 -24

O

EM10-20

-57

B BRD

O

-31

UP

EM14-3

EM11-7

WO

-4 -1

E

BY BY GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

B+

BG

WR

-2

LF52 -1

NOT USED

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

G

R

N

S

P

Y

W B

EM21 -3

BRD

46

O

PIS10

49

BRD

48

U

W

R

-2 PI27 -1

UY E

NO

74

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY BY

PI1-16

B+ EM10-5

B BRD

EM10-1

II

W

R

-2 PI26 -1

B+

WP

-3

-1

BRD PU

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

W

-3

S

-4

W

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY GY WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL (EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A ROW V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

-1

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

U BRD UW BG

E

B

CMPS

BRD

A

B

MAFS

U

WY

55

HO2S EVAPP

BG RG UW

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

BG RG UW

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.2

AJ26 N/ A ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Engine M anagement: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

KN BT11-10

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

O

EM13-16 EM13-22

O

EM13-23

O

EM13-24

O

EM13-25

O

EM13-26

O

EM13-31

O

EM13-32

O

EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

PW

GP

PW

GO

PW

GR

PIS5

SG SW1 -3

SC3-3

SWS1 EM26 PI1-40

BO SW1 -6

FCS48

KW

SW3-2 RESUME

BO

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

SW2-6

STEERING WHEEL

BK

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FC3BL

PW PI1-53

BO

CANCEL 430 Ω

SW3-1

SW2-3

EM27 -8

IGNITION MODULE 1

EM2 -15

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

EM27 -7

EM27 -12

1A

2B

3B

PI1-46

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

PI1-45

PI1-44

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

4A

EM29 -7

1B

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9

EM29 -9

PI1-43

PW PW

GP

EM3-1

GO

SG

SG

RH2 -15

EM2 -9

PW

PW

680 Ω

KN SP KW W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP

EM13-15

O

BO

CASSETTE

SC3-12

WU YW SLG SG RY

EM13-9 O

EM3 -4

BO

SR WU SG

-1

PW

5

3

NW

UB

2

1

WP

EMS22

2A

3A

81 52 E

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

IGNITION COIL RELAY

IGNITION MODULE 2

4B

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

EM1-13 EM2-12 EM1-3

LGY

EM11-1

PI25-2

LGO

I

EM3 -3

CASSETTE

KN

-1

PI20-2

LGW

EM10-11

-1

GR

I

PI19-2

LGP

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

GB

I

-1

B

EM10-3

PI21-2

EM2-14

RLG

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14

EM2-6

EMS31

UG ULG UN UB RLG

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

AC4-7

I

AC3-1

O

AC4-9

O

AC4-17

I

AC1-1

I

AC12-13

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

B

I

UG ULG UN PG

EM3 -6

KW

RH1 -11

-1

SW3-4

LGU

EM10-2

KN

– 430 Ω

SW3-3

SW2-4

PI24-2

GW

TRUNK FUSE BOX

SW1 -4

SC3-4

4B

+

BT2 -15

BT2 -6

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

O

EM3-2

SR

-1

PI23-2

B

II

680 Ω

CASSETTE

SR

-1

LGK

2

3A

II

GK

26

WU SP SR

2A

12

FC63 -8

ON / OFF

LGR

1

WG

FC63 -9

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

FC63 -7

GB

NY

5

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH

PG 3

AC24-3

WU

1B

PW

AC24-2

AC13-15

1

WU

GW

PG

PW

II

4A

560 Ω

GK

KW

1

560 Ω

GS

SP

24A

FC63 -10

GS

2

10.2

3B

LGS

WG

UW

5

GU

3

2B

PW

NW

IGNITION COILS 1A

RLG

GU

67A

DIMMER OVERRIDE

PW

NOT USED (FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY)

Fig. 04.3

AJ26 N/ A Engine M anagement: Part 2

EM17

RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

EMS26

77 54 E

BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

OG LF9-2

W

W

WU LF9-9

LF40-6

PI1-30

PI1-32

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

NG LF9-3

LF9-5

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

WU

RLG

RLG PI1-13

OY

PI1-38

45 E

LF9-8

B PI36-1

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

70

WU LF9-7

LF40-7 EM5

NY

76

BT55-2

NY

3

BR

5

FUEL PUMP

37

WK

1

UB EMS31

PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

NLG

-1

LF12-2

WU

20 BAR

YW

12 BAR

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

69

RH RADIATOR FAN OY

BT2AL

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

B LF13-2

4B

LF13-1

LH RADIATOR FAN

FUEL INJECTORS

LF2AL

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

BK LF2BL

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

BK

RG LF57-4

LF57-3

B

FUEL TANK

BK LF57-2

BTS50

BT55-3

2–30 BAR

LF57-1

YW LF40-11

LF12-1

B

NOT USED

WU

YW

OG

UB LF57-5

LF40-9

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

BP

BR

BO

BR

BY

BR

BS

BR

BW

BR

BG

BR

BN

BR

EM2AR (EM1AR)

BR

WU

BU

FUEL INJECTION RELAY

UW BT55-4

UB LF3-6

LF2AR

B

B BT55-1

P LF9-1

PIS2

B

2

II

NOT USED

B

BR PI2-5

9A II

AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1 HO2S KS

EM10-5

NO

75A

EM10-9 E

WO

7 II

B

GB

AC24-4

O

B+ EM14-3

US

AC24-1

EM11-7

WR

40

US

US

FCS35

AC13-3

US

I

EM11-8

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-14

BRAKE SWITCH

I

EM11-15

I

EM11-16

RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K

PI1-6 EM1-9

EMS2

UW

EM1-4

PI1 -17

-18

PI1 -19

-20

44

E

E

PI1 -5

BG BG RG UW

PIS1

EM24 -2

RH1-9

RH1-8

UW EM12-1

EM10-14

EM12-2 EM12-3

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

EM12-4

D

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

EM10-6

EM12-16 D

EM12-17

EM10-12 D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-13

EM12-22

EMS8

I

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EM13-4

PK

01.1

O EM10-16

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

03.2

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

D EM10-17

G

C– EM10-25

Y

C+ EM10-26

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

G

C–

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-27

EM13-29

Y

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.2

P

D EM11-3

GO

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

D EM13-2

GY EM16

NG

78

3

GY

GY EMS20

WP

53

1

B+ EM14-1

5

B+ EM14-2

GR

2

E

BRD EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

O

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

1

6

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

7

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

-1

43

E

E

PI33 -2

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3

EMS18

PS PU PN B B B

EL1-4

BK

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

PI1 -3 -4

PI2-6

EL1-2

6

R G

PI2-7

42

EMS19

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.8)

Fig. 01.1

-14

-12

PIS9

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

-51

EMS9

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O

G

EM10-15

U BRD UW BG

G

05.2

UW

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BG

O

19.1

UW

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

BY

K

19.1

EL4 -1

PEDAL POSITION

-2

MECHANICAL GUARD

TPS

B

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

R

O

03.2

EM12-7

I

18 I

PW RW PY

EL1-5

THROTTLE MOTOR

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

B

OK TO START

I

EMS31

EL1-3

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

EM2-13

YU YG YN YR UP UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

WR

FC19

I

K BRD

OU

WR

OU

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: AJ26 SC ROW V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

-1

-1

UP

-1

RH1-10

EM1-10

EMS1

EM22 -2

PI41 -2

BG BG BG

UY

PI1 -22 -23 -21

N

PI1 -25 -26 -24

NOT USED

BT5 -1 -2 -3

BT2 -4 -5 -3

LF40-5

51 OK

50

-2

OK

-4 -1

-2

WP

EM23 -3

B

W B

U

B -2

BRD PS

UY

R

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

O

B BRD -57

BRD

PN

YU YG YN YR

BG BG BG

B+

-31

S

EM10-23

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BRD

I

-4 -1

E

P

EM10-22

E

Y

I

BG UW B BK

48A

BRD

EM10-21

E

W B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

NOT USED

BY BY GY

II

B+

EM10-20

O

49

O

WK

36

O

E

UP

B+ EM10-1

E

BY BY

LF3 -8

54A 54B

B BRD

PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7

WR

NOT USED

G

-2

PIS10

WP

-2 PI27 -1

U

W

R

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

W

S

-3

UP

WP

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

BG

-1

BY GY WU

LF58 -2

PN

-5

WP

-2

WP

YU YG YN YR

PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3

E

υ

λ

NOT USED

EM2AL (EMIAL)

39

λ

PI1 -15

UP

υ

υ EMS43

IATS 2

B

B

EM64-1

B

HO2S

A

BG

A

ECTS

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

BRD

B

E

CMPS

U

WY

55

MAFS

BG RG UW

EVAPP

BG RG UW

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.4

AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

WG

BT2 -6

TRUNK FUSE BOX

EM11-1

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

GP

-1

KW

EM3 -6

RH2 -15

SP

EM3 -3

SR SW1 -4

SC3-4

EM3-2

SW2-4

BO 430 Ω

SW3-3

UB

2

1

WP

81 52

IGNITION COIL RELAY

PI1-53

SW3-4

PW PIS5

680 Ω

EM3 -4

CASSETTE

SG

SG

SG SW1 -3

SC3-3

EM3-2

SW2-3

BO 430 Ω

SW3-1

SW3-2

SWS1

EM31 PI1-40

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-45

PI1-44

PI1-43

PW PW

BO SW1 -6

SC3-12 FCS48

KN

SR WU SG

SW2-6

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

KW BK

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FC3BL EM2 -9

BO

EM27 -8

EM27 -7

IGNITION MODULE 1

EM2 -15

EM27 -12

1A

2B

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

3B

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

4A

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5

EM29 -7

1B EM29 -9

GP

BO

GO

CASSETTE

WU YW SLG SG RY

NW

EMS22

PW

PI25-2

PW

GO

GU

-1

2A

WB

5

3

RY

1

2

NW

72A

B

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

3A

4B

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY

IGNITION MODULE 2 WB

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

B

EM75-2

LGY

I

PI20-2

LGO

EM10-11

-1

LGW

I

PI19-2

GR

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

LGP

I

-1

GB

EM10-3

PI21-2

GW

I

-1

PI24-2

GK

EM10-2

RH1 -11

PG WU

BT2 -15

SR

LGU

O

KN UG ULG UN PG

3

680 Ω

SR

BT11-10

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

5

CASSETTE

KN

2

-1

LGK

1

II

PI23-2

LGR

26

-1

PW

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

EM26

PW

E

NY

5

4B

II

GU

3

3A

12

FC63 -8

GR

FC63 -9

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH 1

2A

PW

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

GB

WU

AC24-3

1B

PW

WU

AC24-2

GW

PG AC13-15

FC63 -7

PW

PG

4A

510 Ω

GK

KW

1

II

270 Ω

PW

2

SP

GS

WG

24A

UW

5

3B

GS

67A

3

FC63 -10

2B

LGS

NW

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE BT51

IGNITION COILS 1A

PW

FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY

Fig. 04.5

AJ26 SC ROW Engine M anagement: Part 2

PW

XK8 Range 1998

EM75-1

INTERCOOLER PUMP

B B

EM13-32 EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

W

PI1-32

PI1-33

BN

BU

BR

BR

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

WU

1

2

IJ2-1

LF9-8

LF9-5

LF9-3

OY

45

NG

IJS1

-1

BR

IJ1-3

IJ4-2

-1

IJ1-4

IJ5-2

-1

IJ1-5

IJ6-2

IJ2-2

-1

IJ7-2

-1

IJ2-3

IJ8-2

-1

IJ2-4

RLG

IJ9-2

-1

IJ10-2

OG

-1

UB

UB NLG

LF12-2

WU

69

WU

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

LF13-2

LH RADIATOR FAN

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

20 BAR

12 BAR

YW

LF2BL

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF2AL

V ARIAN T: AJ26 SC ROW V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

BK

RG LF57-4

LF57-3

LF13-1

FUEL INJECTORS NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.7.

BK LF57-2

WU

B

OY

4B

BK

LF57-1

YW

YW

2–30 BAR

UB LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-11

6

B

P

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

RH RADIATOR FAN

81

54

PI36-1

IJ2-5

B

52

WP

77

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

LF40-9

Fig. 01.2

1

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

LF12-1

51

RY

2

LF2AR IJ1-2

EM2AR (EM1AR)

IJ3-2

7

NLG

PI1-13

BTS50

Fig. 01.1

3

70

BT2AL

E

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

E

RLG

BT55-3

5

I

E

B

IJS2

FUEL PUMP 2

II

I

AC1-1

5

BR IJ1-1

FUEL INJECTION RELAY

BT55-4

1

O

AC4-17

RLG

LF9-1

BR

EMS31

B

6

AC4-9

WU

B

B

II

UW

LF9-9

BR

BN

WK

BR PIS2

PI2-5

BT55-1

1

O

LF9-7 5

BR

3

BU

NY

76 37

FUEL TANK

AC12-14

I

AC3-1

EMS26

LF9-2

EM5

B

AC12-12

AC4-7

EM25

PI1-30

FUEL PUMP 1

AC12-19

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC12-13

OG

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BT55-2

AC13-9

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS

NY

EM2-14

UG ULG UN UB RLG

EM2-6

BP

O

RLG

BP

O

EM1-3

BR

EM13-31

BO

EM13-26

O

EM2-12

BO

O

EM1-13

BR

EM13-25

BY

EM13-24

O

BY

O

LF40-7

BR

EM13-23

BS

O

LF40-6

BS

EM13-22

BR

EM13-16

O

BW

O

EM2AR (EM1AR)

W WU

BW

EM13-15

BR

O

BG

EM13-10

BG

EM13-9

O

EMS31

B

BR

O

KN SP KW RY W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP

9A II

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.1

AJ26 N/ A Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN ‘Listen only’ node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH

TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

PRESSURE REGULATORS

SOLENOID VALVES

L1

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

L2

L3

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

L4

P, N

υ 2

3

4

5

1

2

–

3

EM46 -6

EM46 -5

EM46 EM46 -13 -14

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -12 -8 -9 -4

EM46 -1

EM46 -10

S

RB

Y

W

N

+

G

BU

UY

RU OG

OU

OR

OK

OB

RY

YB

YP

YU

U

EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -B -C -D

+

BY NO

B+ EM7-26

WB

27 II

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+ EM7-55

G

C– EM7-82

Y G

19.1

C– EM7-85

CAN

Y

19.1

EM7-1

O

EM7-2

Y

W

O

EM7-4

O

EM7-5

I

EM7-6

I

EM7-8

I

EM7-9

I

EM7-12

I

EM7-13

RP US

I

EM7-14

N

EM7-15 EM7-16

BRD U

EM7-18

BS

C+ EM7-86

I

EM7-21 I

EM7-22

I

EM7-23

O

EM7-28

WR

BK

G

BY

EMS25

EM7-30

O

EM7-32

03.1

04.1

04.2

04.4

O

EM7-33

I

EM7-34

I

EM7-36

I

EM7-37

S Y

I

EM7-42

G

US

US

US

EM1-17

BY

FC83-1

BY FCS62

FC83-3

BY

AC12-11

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

KICKDOWN SWITCH (LHD)

BS

BS EM1-16

BS

BY BY

AC27

AC28

AC29

AC30

ACS12

ACS11

AC12-15

YU YP B

EM7-52

O

EM7-53

FC35 -7

R RG OB RY RU

560 Ω

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

FC35 -9

10Κ Ω

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

II

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10Κ Ω

BK FC35 -2

FC35 -1

MODE SWITCH

6

20

FC35 -10

EM2AL (EM1AL)

1

WR FC35 -8

RG EM3-14

EMS43

MODE STATE

RP EM3-13

B

560 Ω

RS

RS

RG

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

BY

KICKDOWN SWITCH (RHD)

RP O

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.5

D–4 SWITCH

EM3-11

EM7-51

CAN

BY

BS

O

19.1

EM1-18

BY OR YB

EM7-29

EM7-45

CAN

E

BU UY BRD

O

EM7-44

19.1

41

OK OG B RB W

O

I

CAN

FCS47

BS

I

19.1

BK

FC88 -6

G

CAN

FC3BR

C+ EM7-83

CAN

RB

FC88 -9

19.1

OU RS

O

B+ EM7-54

WB

28

S

Y

C

330 Ω

2

75

FC88 -8

330 Ω

3

EM47 EM47 -J -K

G

C

330 Ω

R

Y

C FC88 -4

–

G 4

N

G FC88 -3

330 Ω

D

B

II

C

330 Ω

N

19

FC88 -1

330 Ω

R

1

WR

B+

330 Ω

P

V ARIAN T: AJ26 N / A V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

BK FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.2

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators. NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal gear ratio speed sensors. TRANSMISSION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

O

B+

O

I

O

O

NOTE: Pressure regulators: MD – modulation pressure SD – shift pressure

O

n3 SPEED SENSOR

n2 SPEED SENSOR

O

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SOLENOID VALVES

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

PRESSURE REGULATORS

P

R FC100

RU

-4

-5

G

WR

-3

-2

-7

-6

-8

-1

SWITCH (NOT USED) OPEN – P, N

N

υ

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

A B 1-2,4-5 2-3

C 3-4

TCC

MD

SD

D

4

PARK, NEUTRAL

RU

03.2

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.7

GB1 -7

GB1 -3

GB1 -1

GB1 -12

GB1 -4

GB1 -6

GB1 -13

GB1 -8

GB1 -9

GB1 -11

GB1 -2

GB1 -10

3

G

03.2

B

EM1-11

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

2

19 II

FC88 -1

330 Ω –

G

C FC88 -3

330 Ω +

C FC88 -4

330 Ω –

C FC88 -8

330 Ω +

C

Y G Y

FC88 -9

330 Ω

FC88 -6

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

BK

BK

330 Ω

WR

20A

WR

B+

330 Ω

FCS47

II FC3BR EM2 -2

EM1 -17

EM1 -18

EM3 -13

GB2 -7

EM3 -14

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

26A

WB

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+ EM73-29

G

C– EM72-L

Y

C+

I

EM73-2

I

EM73-3

I

EM73-25

I

EM73-26

I

EM73-27

I

EM73-28

I

EM73-30

BS RS LGB LGU LGP LGN B

BU

GB2 -3

GB2 -1

G

U

GB2 -12

GB2 -4

BY

UY

GB2 -6

RY

GB2 -5

GB2 -8

YB

YP

GB2 -9

YU

GB2 -11

GB2 -2

OG

OK

BS

GB2 -10

OB BS

EM1-16

BK

AC12-15

AC25-1

EMS43

O

EM72-13

O

EM72-14

O

EM72-15

O

EM72-16

O

EM72-17

O

EM72-33

I

EM72-34

I

EM72-35

O

EM72-36

O

EM72-37

O

EM72-38

G BU YB YU YP OG

FC35 -9

EM3-11

WR

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

270 Ω

BK MODE STATE

BY UY U OK OB RY

MODE SWITCH

B

6

38

II

II

39 E

II

FC35 -10

EM2AL (EM1AL)

6

20

FC35 -8

510 Ω

RLG

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

1

BK FCS48

FC3BL

1000 Ω

RS EM72-12

BK AC12-11

KICKDOWN SWITCH

EM72-H

I

AC25-2

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: AJ26 SC V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 024687 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

FC35 -1

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

BK FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

Gearshift Interlock

Gearshift Interlock

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO

6 II

B

US

GB

AC26-4

AC26-1 ACS16

US

US

US FCS35

AC13-3

WO

7 II

B

I EM10-10

Y

US

GB

AC24-4

US EM1-8

C +

EM1-6

AC24-1

EM10-28

G

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

C –

EM1-7

EM10-27

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Y

C + FC88-4

G

C – FC88-3

Y

C + FC88-9

G

C – FC88-8

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

Y

C + FC25-24

G

C – FC25-47 –

U

U

S

FCS11

FC25-20 +

S

S

S

FCS12

FC25-19

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

15

NB

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

19

NY

B+ (SOLENOIDS) FC14-104 –

U

S FC14-84

5

WO

I

II

16

+

S

S

FC14-15

WN

FC14-85

I

I

OG

OG

O

FC14-32

RW

O FC14-51

BK FCS47

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

FC86 -2

FCS46

FC2BR (FC4BR)

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL

BK

B

B FC86 -1

FC14-48

RW

B

SC1-1

B SC1-2

B FCS49

I

FC87-1

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC3BR LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

Fig. 05.3

XK8 Range 1998

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

72

NR

B+

34

LF37-1

WU

II

UO EM37-2

LF40-1

EM37-1

B+ LF37-20

71

UO

O

LF37-9

UB

I

NY LF37-25

UB LF40-2

LF37-13

B+

S

I

S

LF37-3 CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

G

LF37-5

G

LF37-4

G

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

FR1-2

LF42-2

FR1-1

LF42-1

C – LF37-15

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

6

WO

II

B

NOT USED LF1-13

C +

NOT USED LF37-10

C –

Y O

I

UP

Y LF60-5

LF37-6

O LF60-4

LF37-7

Y RH1-16

Y BT2-11

O RH1-15

O BT2-10

US

US

US FCS35

AC13-3

II

RR1-2

BT73-2

LF37-19

US LF60-1

I LF37-2

W

I

W

LF37-17

WO

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RR1-1

O

AC26-1 ACS16

7

Y BT73-1

US

GB

AC26-4

NOT USED LF37-11

B

US

GB

AC24-4

R

AC24-1

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

FL1-2

LF41-2

R

LF37-18

FL1-1

LF41-1

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

P

I

16

NR

RY FC55-9

STABILITY / TRACTION STATE

FC55-11

RY LF60-6

LF37-16

U

B FCS49

R FC55-16

FC55-12

R LF60-7

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

BT72-1

RL1-1

B

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

BT2-13

RL1-2

U

LF37-24

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

1

U

U RH1-18

P BT72-2

B

I

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

FC4BR (FC2BR)

P BT2-12

LF37-8

I LF37-14

P RH1-17

U LF60-3

LF37-22

I

B

P LF60-2

LF37-21

O

18 I

LF3AS

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

Fig. 06.1

XK8 Range 1998

Climate Control: Part 1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SOLAR SENSOR

VENT ASSEMBLY

ASPIRATOR MOTOR

VENT SERVO

Fig. 07.1

Climate Control: Part 1

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

DEFROST SERVO

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR

COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO

LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

FOOT WELL SERVO

υ υ

NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.

υ BW

OY

LF29 -2

LF29 -1

BW

UB

LGW

B

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

O

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

FC12 -1

FC12 -2

FC12 -3

FC12 -4

LF60 -11

LF60 -10

FC44 -2

FC44 -3

FC44 -5

FC44 -4

FC44 -6

FC44 -8

FC44 -7

FC44 -9

FC52 -1

FC52 -2

AC7 -1

AC7 -10

AC7 -2

AC7 -3

AC7 -5

AC7 -4

AC7 -6

AC7 -8

AC7 -7

AC7 -9

BW

UB

LGW

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

OP

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

AC15 -5

AC15 -12

AC15 -14

AC15 -13

AC15 -15

AC15 -17

AC15 -16

OY

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

AC15 -9

UB

AC12 -18

LGW

II

AC4-1

WN

17

WN

I

I AC4-3

NY

40

NY

B+ AC4-5

FC24

NY

41

4

3

5

2

1

GY

GY AC13-12

B

B

GW

FC4BR (FC2BR)

AC4-2

GW AC15-8

FCS49

B+

O AC4-15

AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SG

SG

08.1

AC12-10

08.1

AC12-8

OU

08.1

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

O

AC1-7

O

AC1-8

O

AC1-9

O

AC1-12

O

AC1-13

O

AC1-19

O

AC1-20

O

AC1-21

O

AC1-22

O

AC1-25

O

AC1-26

I

AC2-1

I

AC2-2

I

AC2-3

I

AC2-5

I

AC2-10

I

AC2-11

I

I

AC2-13

I

O

AC3-2

D

AC3-3

I

AC3-5

I

AC3-6

AC4-6

OU AC12-9

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

AC1-6

AC5 -2

AC5 -6

AC5 -12

AC5 -7

P BW

YG

PY

Y

AC5 -1

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6 -6

AC6 -12

AC6 -7

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6 -1

AC6 -2

RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU

BW AC15-11

ACS21

OP RG YW SU OR YG UY

AC2-6

PY

PY

O

Y

ACS4

BW B+

PY

P AC15-10

FCS34

WP

YG

OP FCS33

WP

P BW

AC15 -4

P

8

υ

I AC4-16

K

D AC4-10

O

D

D

AC3-7

O

AC3-8

I

AC3-11

I

AC3-12

O

AC4-4

O

AC4-8

O

AC4-12

I

AC4-13

O

AC4-14

O

AC4-18

O

AC4-19

I

AC4-20

S SG OY UG SY SR UB KU

S AC12-1

SG AC12-4

SY AC12-3

SR AC12-2

AC4-21

WU

WU P WR B B LGW BW BK

AC12-6

WR

RK

B

RLG

AC12-7

B FCS46

FC43 -7

B

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

FC43 -5

FC43 -6

FC43 -2

FC43 -3

FC43 -4

FC43 -1

FC43 -8

FC43 -9

B WR WU

SR

SY

SG

S

R

RG

I

D

D

I

I

I

CLOCK

DIMMER OVERRIDE

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

I B+

DATA

I B+

DATA

I

START

FC2BR (FC4BR)

FC3CS

CONTROL PANEL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

10.2

AC12-5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

XK8 Range 1998

Climate Control: Part 2

Fig. 07.2

Climate Control: Part 2

EM45

NP

80

3

GK

5

B EM48-2

EM48-1

PS

2

WR

1

17 II

69

NLG

OG

LF12-2

OG LF9-2

LF12-1

W

W

RH RADIATOR FAN

WU LF9-9

LF40-6

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8.

45 E

LF9-8

EM1BL (EM1BS)

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY EM44

B

OY

OY

LF13-1

LF13-2

LF9-3

LF9-5

70 RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

77

EM10-3 EM10-4

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

O

EM12-10

WR

1

EM49-2

18 II

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

54

FC28

UG ULG UN

NS

8

3

RN

RN

5

RLG EMS26

RLG

B

PI1-13

LGR

2

WP

1

B

DD8-9

II

EM13-15

O

EM13-16

W WU EM1 -3

ULG UG

UN

UB

UB

RN

RN

DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY

WU

WU YW

AC13 -9

DP1-5

B

DP8-9

BK

BK

1

26

12 BAR

YW

BK

LF57-3

AC1-3

O

AC1-4

O

AC1-5

O

AC1-16

O

AC1-17

O

AC1-18

RLG

RLG EM2-6

AC12-13

9A

B

RH17

RH18

LGP

2

HEATED BACKLIGHT

BK

RH2S

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)

LFS25

LF57-4

NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞.

BT58-3

BT10-8

BK

RLG U UY PS LGR LGN RW LGP

BT13-3

II

TRUNK FUSE BOX

LF2BL

LGP

LGP

AC13-10

AC1-2

RH2-7

BT2-1

RG

II RHD

23

LHD

46

AC20

NU

3

5

UW

UW AC6-5

UY

2

1

WP

10 II

UB

RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

EM2-14

AC12-14 AC12-17

1

US

AC12-16

U 4

AC6-13

U I

AC2-7

O

AC2-8

I

AC2-15

O

AC2-16

O

AC3-1

I

AC4-7

O

AC4-9

I

AC4-17

B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL))

UY

UY

5 #17 25A

20 BAR

WU

YW

3

1

LF57-2

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

O

B DPS1

DP8-11

PASSENGER MIRROR

LF57-1

LF40-11

AC12 -12

2–30 BAR

UB LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-9

AC12 -19

O

FC4AL (FC2AL)

BT13-10 EM1 -13

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

AC1-1

B DD1-1

P EM2 -12

I

B DDS1

DD8-11

DRIVER MIRROR

PS

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

WU YW RY

DD1-5

7

AC15-19

PI36-1

RN

RN ACS1

AC13-4

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

AC13-8 O

EM2BS (EM2BL)

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM2-4

I

2

PS

LF2AR

I

PS

EMS24

LF9-1

EM10-2

B

GS

5

E

B

O

3

EM49-1

LF9-7

LF40-7

NG

79

EM17

WU

WU

LH RADIATOR FAN

LF2AL

NG

B

RW

B 2

AC6-8

US GO UK GP

G

GO

3

AC6-10 FC2AL

RH BLOWER MOTOR

ULG

EM2-5

LF60-18 RHD

UG UN UB

U

LHD

46 23

AC20

NW

8

10

UR

UR AC5-5

U

B

EM43-2

B

B

EM43-1

P

EMS31

Y

EM41-2

EM41-1

YW

YW LF7-2

LF3-1

RW

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

5

3

2

1

7

6

WP

9 II

38 II

LF5-5

HEATER VALVE

LGN

4

#15 10A

LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

HEATER PUMP HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)

1

UK

4

AC5-13

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

B

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

U

B

B 2

AC5-8

GP

G AC5-10

EM2AR (EM1AR)

3

FC4AL

LH BLOWER MOTOR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Instrument Packs

RN

B+

NR

29

FC25-25

ILLUMINATION

WG

13

FC79-17

RY

O FC25-28

B+

II

B+

FC25-3

B+

FC79-8

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

10.2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RO

I

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

I

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC25-27

FC26-1

OIL PRESSURE

RLG FC26-21

RK

O

OW

O FC26-2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE

S

RG RS

O

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RB FC26-11

FC25-20

BATTERY VOLTAGE

Y

RU

O

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

16.1

16.2

16.3

OG FC26-18

UW

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

ENGINE SPEED

O

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

I

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

I

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

FC79-9

O

FC25-48

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

OS FC26-17

G

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

FC79-19

O

FC25-23

CAN

OU FC26-15

Y

19.1

I

FC79-20

O

FC25-47

CAN

OB FC26-10

G

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

FC79-14

O

FC25-24

I

FC79-15

FC26-12

19.1

OIL PRESSURE WARNING

FC79-12

O

S –

I

FC79-13

FC26-9

FC25-19

U

BATTERY CHARGE WARNING

FC79-18

O

S +

I FC79-11

FC26-8

CAN

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC25-2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

CAN

Fig. 08.1

Instrument Packs

FC79-10

FC26-20

A/CCM

PY

07.1

FC26-3

A/CCM

SG

07.1

FC26-4

A/CCM

OU

07.1

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

BK

FC26-5

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

11.1

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

11.5

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

11.5

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

BK FCS48

I FC79-16

FC3BL

UB

MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC26-6

ON FC26-7

TRIP SELECT

SO

I

ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING

I

CHARGE WARNING

UY

I FC25-13

FC27-7

A/B (TRIP SELECT)

FC27-9

000 (RESET)

FC25-6

GENERATOR

03.2

SW

03.1

RESET

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

FC25-36

YW

17.1

I

BR

AIRBAG WARNING FC25-33

FC26-16

UR

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. EM2-16

1 ΚΩ

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

900Ω

RW 80Ω

F

E

BT2-18

BT7

MESSAGE

FC25-35

RW RH1-14

FC27-2

Y

I

FC26-24

RW

O

I

FC26-22

IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A.

O

FC27-8

CLEAR

R

I FC25-14

FC27-1

MI / KM

FC26-14

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

BT8

BW

BW BT2-17

BW RH1-13

I

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

FC26-13

TRIP CYCLE

SU

I

P

FC25-10

OS CLOSES WITH PRESSURE

PI40-1

EM2-8

BK

BK SCS1

BK SC2-9

BK FCS48

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

OS

OS PI1-48

SU SC2-5

I

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

FC3BL

FC26-19

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH BK

BK

I

FCS48

FC25-1

BK

BK EMS38

OP EM55-1

OP

EM55-2

EM1-19

I FC26-23

LOW COOLANT WARNING

B

I

B FCS49

FC25-26

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

EM1BR (EM2BR)

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BL

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Audible Warnings

NB

15

Audible Warnings

B+ FC14-80

NY

19

B+ FC14-104

RW

1

I FC14-41

SCP SOURCES: • DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 • VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 • MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 • NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 • SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1

WO

5 II

WN

16 I

SCP

I FC14-15

I FC14-32

U

19.1

AUDIBLE WARNING 1

O

AUDIBLE WARNING 2

O

GR

GR

FC14-82

SC1-10

GB

GB FC14-83

SC1-11

S – FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

SPEAKER S +

FC14-85

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL

AUDIBLE WARNINGS: • DIRECTION INDICATORS • HAZARD WARNING • SIDE LAMPS ON • VALET MODE WARNING • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK • MEMORY CHIME • SECURITY ARM / DISARM • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) • SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

POWER LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

Fig. 08.2

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Front

Fig. 09.1

Exterior Lighting: Front

UB

SCP SCP

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps.

U

19.1

LF5-4

#19 10A

LF7-10

UW

5

1

4

S

19.1

3

4

#21 10A

UG

2 LF5-7

UY 15

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)

NB

B+ FC14-80

–

S

+

S

U

49

FCS11

FC25-20

1

FCS12

FC25-19

1

4

RW

LF6-8

#6 10A

LF6-4

UK

5

B+ FC14-79

S

3

4

NG

#8 10A

US

2 LF6-9

I

OB

FC14-41

5

WO

II

LIGHTING INDICATORS

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)

I FC14-15

3

4

LF8-3

OW

5 LF8-10

#17 15A

U S

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

1

38

S –

OG

2

II

FC14-84

OB

LF5-8

LF32-1

S +

NR

OG FC55-9

OG

O

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

LH FRONT FOG LAMP UB

OG FCS37

FC14-20

LF1-7

MAIN

OR

OR BK

FC55-19

REAR FOG

LF31-1

PY

PW

B

LF31-5

LF31-6 DI

PW

FC55-3

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

O FC14-96

HAZARD STATE FC4BR (FC2BR)

LF1-2

FC14-2

I FC14-59

B FC55-16

GY

GY

O

FC55-1

HAZARD

FC3BR

LF1-10

SIDE LAMP FC55-2

FCS49

DIP

RK

FC14-53

PY B

LF31-4

LF1-6

RK

O

B

LF31-2

FC14-45

I FC14-38

BK FCS47

UG

O

FC55-17

FRONT FOG

UY

LF1-5

FC14-68 FC55-20

LF31-3

US

O

REAR FOG STATE

LF32-2

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)

FC14-85

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 16

NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞.

B

RB

RB

O

LF1-9

FC14-54

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK LIGHTING CONTROL

GO

GO LF1-3

FC14-27

U

U

SC2-2

HEADLAMP FLASH

I

UB

SC2-6

B

LF4-1

LF4-2

YG

R

KG

YG

YG

KG

KG

SC2-7

LF2BR

I

B

LF22-1

I

LF22-2

FC14-88

SC2-8

DIRECTION INDICATOR

LFS9

FC14-14

OW

L

B

LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

FC14-30

UB

UB HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM

LF11-2

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) O

U

B

LF11-1

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

I FC14-61

UW LF21-3

UY

DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

YU

11.4

UY

YU

UY

SC2-4

MAIN

I

UK

FC14-42

SC2-1

B

LF21-2

BK FCS48

BK

BK SCS1

SC2-9

B

DIP

SIDE

BK

LFS9

LF21-4

DIP

RY

SIDE

RY

RY SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

RY FCS9

I FC14-16

LF2BR

RY

RY

O

LF1-11

FC14-1

LF21-1

SIDE LAMP

LIGHTING STALK

GK

GK

O

FC3BL

LF1-1

FC14-3

B

LF21-5

LF21-6 DI

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT

RY RW

RW

O

LF1-8

FC14-28

POWER

NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.

B

LF10-1

LF10-2

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

LOGIC

GR

O FC14-81

GR LF1-4

GR

GR LF40-8

EL1-6

B EL5-1

EL5-2

B ELS1

B EL1-5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

LFS8 LF1AL

EM2AR (EM1AR)

NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.

Fig. 01.1

LF1AL

B

RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

6

LFS8

B EMS31

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

B

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Rear

NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.

US

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

11.5

BT11-5

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

ADAPTIVE DAMPING

US

UG BT11-8

#8 5A

NK

52

NK

1

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

3

5

SCP

19.1

U

FCS11

U

1

2

SCP

19.1

S

FCS12

BT40-16

S

S BT40-8

#19 5A

BT40-5

1

LIGHTING CONTROL

CAN

Y

19.1

FC25-19

C + FC25-24

CAN

19.1

I

BK

BTS21

FC25-20

C –

1

R

I

1

2

US FCS35

US AC13-3

3

1

RW

B

BT27-1

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

OB

OB

OG

2 BT10-5

BTS3

BT31-7

YW BTS9

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BT31-6

REVERSE

S –

S

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

RO

B

BT31-2

S +

NB

15

UB

B+ (LOGIC)

R

FC14-80

NY

19

BULB FAILURE SENSING

O

BT31-3

B+ (LIGHTING)

NG

WG

24

B+ (LIGHTING)

RW

1

II

RK

B+

DI

UP

FC14-41 II

BT31-4

BT18-17

BT18-24

I

WO

5

GY

BT18-16

FC14-79

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

STOP

RY

BT18-25

FC14-104

49

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

BT18-14

UO

I FC14-15

RU

BT18-15

RO

NR

LH TAIL; SIDE MARKER LAMPS

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

OY FC55-20

REAR FOG STATE

BT18-18

RU

BL1-1

RU

BB1-2

REAR FOG

FC55-19

RG RU

HAZARD

FC55-1

UB

LH STOP LAMP

FC14-12

BK BTS21

BTS23

BT18-20

B

GK

LIGHTING CONTROL

FC3BR

B

BL5-2

RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

UW

RH STOP LAMP

BT18-26

BB1-1

B BL5-1

BT18-19

BK

B

BLS2

BL1-2

BT18-22

I

BLS1

BTS40

RU

FC55-17

OP

BL4-2

LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RW BT18-23

O FC14-44

BK

B

B

BL4-1

BT18-21

RH TAIL; NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

FRONT FOG

BT31-1

TAIL

FC14-85

FC55-2

BT27-2

BT12-2

FC14-84

FCS47

MIRROR TINT

11.4

FOG

U

BK

7 II

AC24-4

BT11-7

II

LIGHTING INDICATORS

FC55-16

WO

B

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

REAR FOG RELAY (#1)

16

GB AC24-1

BT10-4

5

1

26

US ACS16

BT12-10

UO

TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BT1AR

US RH12-1

RS

#15 10A

REVERSE GEAR

US BT1-9

RY

I

BK

US BTS5

BT10-7

BT41-1

BT40-14

FC25-47

5 #21 5A

BT40-13

U

S

–

G

BK

S

S

+

3

6 II

AC26-4

RK

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)

YW

O

US BT11-9

BT40-7

S +

BT1-11

RH12-16

1

OG

O

WO

B

BT11-4

#6 5A

S –

BT1-10

RH12-15

S

U

GB AC26-1

UP

BT40-6

U

Fig. 09.2

Exterior Lighting: Rear

BT30-4

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

BT3S

DI BT1AR

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

UW BT30-5

YG

L

YG SC2-7

KG SC2-8

DIRECTION INDICATOR

RS

O

FC14-88

KG

R

I

RH2-16

FC14-95

I FC14-61

GY

FC14-50

BT30-7

TAIL

BT1-2

YW

GK RH2-1

FC14-76

B

BT30-6

RH2-3

GK

O

RG

BT2-9

GY

O

STOP

RS

BT1-1

BT30-2

REVERSE

OB UY

DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

11.4

YU

YU

UY SC2-4

UG

I

(CONV.)

FC14-42

SC2-1

UG

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

BK

SIDE

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

UG BB1-3

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

RY SC2-3

RY

FCS9

B

UG BL1-3

BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE)

UG

B

BT30-1

FOG

BLS1

(COUPE)

(COUPE) BT1-17

I

B (CONV.)

BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE)

B

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT BL1-1

B

FC14-16

RW

RHS2

B

POWER

FC3BL

LIGHTING STALK

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2

BTS23

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP

RY

B

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BT3S

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

B BT26-2

B BTS17

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

BB1-1 RH1S

LOGIC

DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

BT26-1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

BT2AR

XK8 Range 1998

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

WR

33 II

FC55-5

31

0

WR

II 203 Ω

1

187 Ω

GS

2

GS

FC55-6

LF34-1

GS LFS6

LF60-15

SERVO AMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF34-2

3

BK FC55-2

BK FCS47

LEVELING SWITCH LF34-3

FC3BR

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B LFS9

B LF2BR

32

WR

II

LF24-1

GS

SERVO AMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF24-2

LF24-3

B LFS8

B LF1AL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Headlam p Leveling V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

Fig. 09.3

XK8 Range 1998

Interior Lighting

NB

15

Fig. 10.1

Interior Lighting

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

NY

19

NW

B+ (LIGHTING) FC14-104

RW

1

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.

I

WO FC14-15

WN

UR FC4-5

19.1 19.1

SCP

FC4-4

NW

NW

S

S FCS12

S

OY DD3-10

S +

BT56-1

LH TRUNK LAMP

FC14-85

INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL

PW RH2-6

PW

PW BTS25

BT1-5

RY

RY BT59-2

BTS26

BT59-1

RY

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

S

U

ILLUMINATION O ENABLE

PW FC14-101

B FC33

U

– S DD10-9

I DD11-4

DD3-11

B FCS46

FC34

FC2BR (FC4BR)

GLOVE BOX LAMP

DD11-12

KEY BARREL

U ACS5

DD1-6

S

+ S

S

PW

ACS6

DD1-3

DD10-16

BT46-1

BT46-2

TRUNK SWITCH

PW FCS36

BK

RY BTS6

RH TRUNK LAMP

I

OU

UNLOCK

DD3-12

RY BT56-2

U

RH1S

B+ DD10-1

NW

B RHS2

RH3-1

PW

S – FC14-84

PW

38

B RH3-2

REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) U

LOCK

FC2BR (FC2BL)

I RH2-5

FCS11

N

FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD)

FC32-1

RH FOOT WELL LAMP

FC14-67

U

25

B

B FC32-2

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

SCP

FCS1

FC14-24

FC14-32

BK FCS48

NW

NW

FADE 1 O

I

I

BK

FC4BL (FC4BR)

I

II

16

FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD)

FC31-1

LH FOOT WELL LAMP

FC14-41

5

B

B FC31-2

PW

PW

RFS2

BK

RF1-10

RF8-1

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

RF8-3

LH VANITY LAMP

BK

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

I

GW

O

DD11-20

BK

PW

DD10-14

RF7-1

DOOR LAMP CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

RF7-3

RH VANITY LAMP BK

BK

BK DDS7

DD1-2

B

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B DD1-21

DD10-17

LH MAP LAMP SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC4AR (FC2AR)

PW RF10-5

RW

FADE 2 O

LH MAP LAMP

RW

FC14-74

RF1-12

RF10-4

BK N

47

U

– S

B+ DP10-1

DP10-9

DP10-16

GY DP3-6

DP3-7

BK

DP1-21

DP1-3

RH MAP LAMP SWITCH

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

DOOR LAMP CONTROL

BK

I

ROOF CONSOLE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

GW

LOGIC

DP10-8

B DDS1

DD14-1

B DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL)

DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP

POWER

DP10-17

GW

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC2AR (FC4AR)

B DD14-2

I

FC3BR

GW

O

B

B

POWER

DP10-14

DPS7

DP1-2

BK RF1-3

RH MAP LAMP

LOGIC

DP11-20

BK RFS1

S

I

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH BK

RF10-1

DP1-6

S

+ S

BK

U

B DP14-2

DP14-1

B DPS1

B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL)

PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

BK BTS21 BT1AR

XK8 Range 1998

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

Fig. 10.2

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

RADIO

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

FC25 -28

FC79 -8

BK RO

FCS48

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC26 -21

RO

RLG

FC25 -26

IC10 -3

B

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC25 -27

HAZARD

IC10 -4

RU

RLG BRD

RG

LH SEAT HEATER

RH SEAT HEATER

FOG LAMPS

TRACTION

R

B

FC55 -10

FC55 -4

FC55 -16

B

FCS49

FCS49

B

BK

IC1 -6

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BL

IC1 -5

FC43 -9

FC43 -8

RLG

RK

FC43 -7

RLG

B

RK

FC4BR (FC2BR)

CE2

RLG

RU

B RLG

RLG

FCS4

SC3-8

RU NP

50

B+

O

NP

B+

O

51

WN

RU

B FC62-9

FC62-7

LOCATE

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH

FC23-5

G

O

SC3-11

RK

FC23-6

B

RY

FC59

SC11-3

DIMMER OVERRIDE

RU FCS73

FC23-7

I

SC3-10

SC11-6

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)

FC23-12

Y

G

RY

FC3BR

FC23-2

O

SC3-9

SC11-5

LOCATE

FCS72

RO

O

Y

FC42-1

RK

O

B

FCS3

FC23-8

FC4BR (FC2BR)

CIGAR LIGHTER RU

B

UY

FC63-5

FC63-1

LOCATE

SC2-4

RLG

DIP

BK FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

SIDE

SCS1

RY

RY SCS2

OFF

FC3BL

RY SC2-3

RY FC23-4

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 14.1

09.2

CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH

RK I

FC23-9

AC15-7

RK

B FC27-3

FC27-4

LOCATE

FC2BR (FC4BR)

RY

09.1

B FCS46

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC63-10

I

FCS9

LIGHTING STALK

BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON

RK

DIMMER MODULE

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK B

RK DD17-4

RK DDS5

DD17-5

RK ACS7

DD1-9

RK

FC41-2

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH RK

B

B

B DDS1

DD1-1

RK DD5-1

B

B DP1-1

FC88-10

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE RK

B DPS1

B FC88-5

DP17-3

RK

DP17-4

DP1-9

RK

B FC67-9

FC67-5

LOCATE

LOCATE FC2AL (FC4AL)

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

VALET SWITCH

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

FCS50

FC4BL (FC2BL)

DD5-9

FC4AL (FC2AL)

B

B FC41-4

1

FCS49

LOCATE

DIMMER CONTROL

BK

BK FCS47

FC23-3

UO

SC11-4

FC35-1

I

I

UO

FC35-5

FC23-1

FC23-11

14

BK

RO

FC23-10

G

A/CCM

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC35-10

Y

07.1

RLG

RLG SC11-2

UO

HEADLAMP LEVELING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC79 -16

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

LOCATE ILLUMINATION LOCATE

XK8 Range 1998

Pow er Assisted Steering

WP

11 II

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

I

R EM2-7

FC16-2

S

O

FC16-4

B

I

FC16-8

R LL1-1

LL2-1

S EM2-1

FC16-5

Pow er Assisted Steering

S LL1-2

LL2-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

LHD

WP

11 II

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

FC16-2

I

R EM2-7

S

O

FC16-4

FC16-5

FC16-8

S EM2-1

B

I

EM18-1

EM18-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

RHD

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

Fig. 11.1

XK8 Range 1998

Steering Column M ovement

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

NB

15

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

NY

42

FC14-102

RW

1

Fig. 11.2

Steering Column M ovement

TILT

REACH

B+ (COLUMN MOTORS)

I FC14-41

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

SCP

U

19.1

FC14-32

U

FCS11

S –

WU WG

K

N

FC60 -3

FC60 -1

YK

PN

R WU WG

U

G

S

FC61 -4

FC61 -1

FC61 -8

PU

PG

BS

FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

S

FCS12

S + FC14-85

UR

BK

BK FCS48

FC4-5

FC60 -2

I

FC4-4

WU

FC14-67

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

FC60 -5

BG

O FC14-90

WU

O

FCS17

FC14-40

BK

BK FCS47

BK

SB

SB

I

FC87-1

FC87-3

FC14-93

FC14-58

PN

O

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

FC3BR

YK

I

FC14-99

BR

O STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL

FC14-100

BW

O FC14-91

270 Ω

PU

I 100 Ω

UP

470 Ω

DOWN

820 Ω

FORE

FC14-66

PG

O

NP

20

NP SC3-5

SK

SC9-1

SK SC3-6

SC9-3

FC14-78

I FC14-87

BS

O FC14-52

AFT

COLUMN MOTOR

COLUMN JOY STICK

B

B

I FC14-25

FCS46

POWER

BK

BK

BK FCS48

SC2-9

BK

YB

SCS1 SC9-7

YB

SC9-5

AUTO TILT SWITCH

I

SC3-7

LOGIC

FC14-11

FC3BL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC2BR (FC4BR)

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR N

25

B+ DD10-1

U

U

U

U ACS5

AC14-8

S

S

35

DD10-9

S

S ACS6

AC14-9

S –

DD1-8

S + DD10-16

DD1-3

MEMORY 1

NW

UP

DD5-5

I

DD5-7

DD11-21

KS

MEMORY SET

I

DD5-10

DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2

NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

I

DD5-6

DD11-22

UG SET MEMORY STATUS

I

DD5-8

DD11-2

MIRROR CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BK

BK DD1-2

I DD11-20

BK

DDS7

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B DD1-21

DD10-17

FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

FC60 -6

FC61 -3

BR WU

FC61 -6

XK8 Range 1998

M irror M ovement

Fig. 11.3

M irror M ovement

U NB

15

S

FC14-80

RW

1

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

B+

I FC14-41

WO

5 II

WN

16 I

BK

BK

BK

FCS47

I

FC87-1

U S

Y

C FC25-24

S +

FCS12

FC14-85

+

FC25-20

S

+ S

G

– C FC25-47

FC25-19

LOGIC

I FC14-58

REVERSE GEAR

POWER

U

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

FC3BR

S –

FCS11

FC14-84

I

SB

U

S

FC14-32

SB

FC87-3

–

FC14-15

S

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

VEHICLE SPEED

VERTICAL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AC14 -8

BK

BK

DDS7

DD1-2

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

U

–

U

S

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY 1 DD5-5

DD5-7

S

S

I DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2 DD5-6

I

O

O

I

DD11-22

UG DD5-8

K

N

U

G

Y

WU WG

K

N

U

G

Y

ACS6

DD1-3

I

KS DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

WU WG

S

DD11-21

MEMORY SET

NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

NW

S

I

+

35

AC14 -9

DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

FC4AR (FC2AR)

HORIZONTAL

B+ DD10-1

BK

VERTICAL

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

N

25

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

HORIZONTAL

DD8 -2

DD8 -6

DD8 -8

DD8 -3

DD8 -5

DD8 -10

DD8 -4

DP8 -2

DP8 -6

DP8 -8

DP8 -3

DP8 -5

DP8 -10

DP8 -4

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU DD10-20

PK DD10-22

DD11-2

PN

O

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK

DD10-4

MIRROR CONTROL

PU

I DD10-21

PG

O

NW

36

OB

DIRECTION

DD17-10

DD17-2

UP

DD11-1

OR

LH VERTICAL

YO

LH HORIZONTAL

BY

O DD10-2

I DD11-17

DD17-11

DOWN

DD10-3

I

I DD11-10

DD17-12

FOLD-BACK DD17-1

LEFT

SN

RH VERTICAL

BK DD1-2

DDS7

YN

RH HORIZONTAL

RIGHT

BK

BK

LOGIC

BK

I

I

POWER

DD1-2

B

I

B

DD10-17

DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

MIRROR JOY STICK

BK

BK DDS7

DD10-8

DD11-9

DD17-14

DD17-20

FC4AR (FC2AR)

I DD11-3

DD17-13

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK –

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: FOLD-BACK MIRRORS

U

S

WG

11.4

U

DP10-9 +

DP1-8

S

S

S

DP10-16

N

47

WU

O

B+ DP10-1

DP1-3

DP10-20

PK

I DP10-22

MIRROR CONTROL

PN

O DP10-4

PU

I DP10-21

PG

O DP10-3

BY

O DP10-2

LOGIC

BK

I

POWER

I

B DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

DP1-2

B DP10-17

1

BK

BK DPS7

DP10-8

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Interior and Exterior M irrors; Fold-Back M irrors

U 36

NW

DIRECTION

DD17-10

N

25

B+

–

U

S

DD10-1

UP

U

DD10-9

LH VERTICAL

+

S

S

LH HORIZONTAL

WG

I

U

S –

BK

BK

DDS7

DD10-8

BK

S +

NK

7

MIRROR JOY STICK

B+

–

DD17-20

U

CAN

–

C

19.1

CAN

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FCS11

S

SD5-9

19.1

G

REVERSE GEAR

SD1-3

S

S

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

BK

U SD5-10

Y

VEHICLE SPEED FC4AR (FC2AR)

S

SD5-5 +

C

FC25-47

DD1-2

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

RH HORIZONTAL

+

FC25-19

RH VERTICAL

RIGHT

SCP

FC25-24

S I

19.1

S AC14-9

FC25-20

DD11-15

DD17-1

LEFT

S

MIRROR CONTROL

FOLD-BACK

SCP

S

U

ACS6

DD1-3

19.1

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

DOWN

U ACS5

DD1-8

Fig. 11.4

Interior and Exterior M irrors; Fold-Back M irrors

PB

FCS12

PB

PB

DD1-20

SD1-8

MIRROR TINT

DD8-12

MIRROR CONTROL

DDS7

R

O

BK

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.

R

SD3-4

B

I

DD1-2

R

B SDS3

SD5-2

R

R

FCS6

SD1-7

AC16-4

R

R DDS3

DD1-6

DD8-1

B SD1-1

BK FC4AR (FC2AR)

–

NK

30

+

U

DD8-7

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

U SP1-3

S

S

S

SP5-9

MIRROR CONTROL

S

SR DD1-14

SLIP MECHANISM

SP5-10

SP5-5

SR AC16-6

S

B+

SR

FC6L (FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

SLIP MECHANISM

SR

SP1-8 FCS7

R

O

AC13-20

S

SR DP1-14

DP8-7

SR

SP3-4

SP1-7

B

I

SR

B SPS3

SP5-2

B R

SP1-1

DP1-6

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

R

R AC13-18

ACS9

PB

R

R DPS3

DP8-1

PB

PB

DP1-20

NK

52

B+

–

U

S

BT40-6

BT40-16 +

S

S BT40-8

LIGHTING CONTROL

U BT1-10

MIRROR TINT

DP8-12

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR

U RH12-15

S BT1-11

S WR

16

RH12-16

II

YW

O

PB AC13-19

BT40-5

BK

I

YU

BTS9

BTS21

BT40-14

YW

YW BT1-19

YW BK RF1-3

BK RFS1

RF2-3

FC3BR

NB

15

B+

–

S

B+

+

S

NG

49

FC14-79

WO

5 II

UY

DIP

YU

YW S

I

UY

SC2-4

I FC14-42

SC2-1

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

DIP

SCS1

SIDE

RY

RY

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

FCS9

I FC14-16

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

POWER LOGIC

FC3BL

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

09.2 REVERSE LAMPS

YW

FC14-85

FC14-15

UY

YU

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR

U FC14-84

FC14-80

AUTO HEADLAMPS

RF2-2

RF1-2

BK

BT1AR

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

YW

RH2-17

BK

MIRROR TINT RF2-5

RF1-11

BK

B+

RF2-4

RF1-14

YU

BT40-13

I

RF2-1

PB

PB

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

09.2

XK8 Range 1998

Suspension Adaptive Damping

57

NS

B+

OB

O

BT69-27

25

WR

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

19.1

BT69-30 B+

II

OB

BT69-31

OB

OB

BT3-16

RH12-13

OW

O

BT69-11

O

Suspension Adaptive Damping

OW

OW

OW

BT3-15

LF43-A

LF1-19

RH12-14

LF43-B

LF1-18

LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID

D BT69-10

K

D

OG

OG

O

BT69-28

BT69-33

OG

RH12-11

OY

O

OG

BT3-18

BT69-14

OY

OY

OY RH12-12

BT3-17

LF44-A

LF60-19

LF44-B

LF60-20

RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

SO

SO

SO RH12-2

ON

BT3-10

ON

O BT69-1

ON

RH12-1

BT3-9

BT69-24

R

OR

O BT69-13

I

RL3-1

RL2-A

W

OK

O

OR

BT72-3

OK

BT72-4

BT69-32

RL2-B

RL3-2

LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

R

OP

O

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) B

WO

II

GB

AC26-4

BT73-4

B

WO

RR3-2

RR2-B

RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID

AC26-1

US

US

GB

AC24-4

US FCS35

AC13-3

II

OU

US ACS16

7

RR2-A

W

BT69-34

6

RR3-1

OU

O

OP

BT73-3

BT69-15

US RH1-19

US BT1-9

US BTS5

I BT69-26

US

AC24-1

PB

I

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

PB

PB BT3-11

BT69-20

PB EM3-12

RH12-6

UW

EM59-1

UW EM3-10

U

LATERAL ACCELERATION GROUND

EM59-2

U EM3-9

B+ EM59-3

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)

UB

UB

I

BT3-14

BT69-21

UW

O

BT3-13

BTS27

BT69-25

FC7-1

UW

BT3-12

UW FCS84

RH12-8

U

U

U

O

UW

UW BTS28

BT69-3

UB RH12-7

GROUND FC7-2

U RH12-9

VERTICAL ACCELERATION

U FCS83

B+ FC7-3

FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER

RB

RB

I BT69-22

BT52-1

UW B

VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND

BT52-2

I

U

BT69-18

B+ BT52-3

BT2BL

REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Adapt ive Dam ping V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

Fig. 11.5

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: M emory

NB

15

B+

–

I

+

WN

I

NR

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)

Y

I

G

O

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

POWER

I

R

OK

LOGIC

FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC55-2

FCS47

S

I

FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

19.1

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9

FCS12

FC14-15

16 16

U

FC14-85

WO

II

S

S

FC14-41

5

FCS11

FC14-84

RW

1

U

S

FC14-80

Fig. 12.1

Driver Seat: M emory

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SEAT HEATER SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

B

DRIVER SQUAB

FC3BR

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

N

25

B+

–

35

MEMORY 1

NW DD5-5

I

S

S

S

OR SD14-3

S SOLENOID VALVE

AC14-9

OB

I I

–

O

DD5-8

DD11-2

BK

DDS7

DD1-2

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK

BK

BK

B

I I

DD10-17

FC4AR (FC2AR)

VEHICLE SPEED

LOGIC

POWER

C

–

C

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

FC25-19

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

FC25-47

–

+

U S

S

S

SD1-8

SD5-9

G

SEAT BELT FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

SD8 -6

SD8 -2

SD8 -1

SD8 -3

SD7 -5

SD7 -6

SD7 -2

SD7 -1

SD7 -3

SD9 -5

SD9 -6

SD9 -2

SD9 -1

SD9 -3

W WY

PS

PO

WB WU WO

KS

KO

WN WP WR

US

UO

SD3-3

I SD5-8

SD8 -5

OK

O

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

SD1-3

SD5-10

SD5-5

SEAT FORE / AFT

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK U

S

B+

SD20-1

+

OR

O

WG

SD3-6

OB

O SD3-5

WG

O

GN

INFLATE

22

N

LUMBAR

SD11-3

SD3-13

SEAT

SD3-14

SD3-12

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

SD3-16

SD4-18

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

SD4-2

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

WO

I

UW

SD4-12

I

SD11-13

WU

O

UY

AFT

WB

O

GW

FORE

PO

O

GY

AFT

PS

O

KW

FORE

SEAT

SD4-11

I

SD11-12

WY

I

KY

LOWER

RECLINE

SD4-5

I

SD11-11

RAISE

W

O

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

SD4-1

I

SD3-10

KS

O SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

POWER

B

B SD1-1

B SDS3

WN

O SD4-6

I SD5-2

WP

O SD4-14

FC6L (FC5L)

WR

I SD4-10

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

SDS3

B SD1-1

FC6L (FC5L)

S

SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

NK

N

S

FC25-24

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

7

+

DD10-8

B DD1-21

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC25-20

UG

SD14-2

U

S

DD11-22

B

B SD14-1

UN DD5-6

SD20-2

S ACS6

DD1-3

U AC14-8

DD11-6

MEMORY 2

21

U ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

KS DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

+

DD11-21

DD5-7

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY SET

U

S

DD10-1

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: M em ory Seat V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: Non M emory

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

FC14-15

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

OK

O

R

FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)

SCP

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9

19.1

FC14-85

I

I

S

+ S

WN

16

U

FCS11

FC14-84

I

II

U

– S

WO

5

Fig. 12.2

Driver Seat: Non M emory

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

DRIVER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SD14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK

SD5-10

B+ SD5-5

SD5-9

N

21

G SD20-2

SD5-8

SEAT BELT FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

S SD1-8

SD8 -1

SD8 -3

SD7 -1

SD7 -3

SD9 -1

SD9 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SD3-3

I

SD20-1

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

U

OK

O

SEAT FORE / AFT

SD1-3

S

+ S

OR

O SD3-6

OB

O SD3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

22

LUMBAR

I

SD11-3

SD3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

I

SD11-11

SD3-14

KY

RAISE SEAT

I

SD11-12

SD3-12

RECLINE

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

PO

O

GY SD3-16

GW

AFT

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

FORE

PS

O

KW

LOWER

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

UW

AFT

I

SD11-13

SD3-10

KS

O SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

B

B

B SDS3

SD1-1

I

POWER

SD5-2

FC6L (FC5L)

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

SDS3

B SD1-1

FC6L (FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

7

B

B SD14-2

SD14-1

V ARIAN T: N on M em ory Seat V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Passenger Seat: 3-Way M ovement

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

WO

5

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

SCP

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)

19.1

FC14-32

OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9

S

+ S

I

I

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

WN

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.3

Passenger Seat: 3-Way M ovement

SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK SP5-5

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING

N

43

G

NOT USED SP5-8

S SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

U

S

+ S

SEAT FORE / AFT

SP1-3

SP5-9

SP20-1

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP8 -1

SP8 -3

SP7 -1

SP7 -3

SP9 -1

SP9 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SP3-3

OR

O SP3-6

OB

O SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

44

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

KY

RAISE SEAT

I

SP11-12

SP3-12

KW

LOWER SP11-5

RECLINE

PO

O SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

SP3-1

SP3-11

GY

FORE

PS

O I

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S (FC6S)

US

O

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

**

SP5-3

UO

O SP5-4

** NOTE: Module identification.

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B SP1-1

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B SP14-2

SP14-1

V ARIAN T: 3-W ay M ovem ent V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Passenger Seat: 2-Way M ovement

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

WO

5

WN

NR

16

BK

FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER STATE

FCS47

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

FC14-32

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

S

+ S

I

OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

I

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.4

Passenger Seat: 2-Way M ovement

SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK SP5-5

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING

N

43

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP5-9

G

NOT USED

SP20-1

SP5-8

U S SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT FORE / AFT

SP1-3

S

+ S

SP8 -1

SP8 -3

SP7 -1

SP7 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

SP3-3

OR

O SP3-6

OB

O SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

44

N

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

SP11-12

PS

O SP3-1

SP11-5

RECLINE

SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

PO

O

GY

FORE

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S (FC6S)

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

** ** NOTE: Module identification.

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B SP1-1

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B SP14-2

SP14-1

V ARIAN T: 2-W ay M ovem ent V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Central Door Locking

U NB

15

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

B+

S

FC14-80

RW

1

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

RG

8

I

II

BK

UR FC4-5

I

FC4-4

B+ BT40-15

U

S

–

FC14-67

U S

S – BT40-16

BT1-10

S

FCS12

FC14-85

U

RH2-11

S

S

+

U

FCS11

FC14-84

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC3BL

NY

61

FC14-33

BK FCS48

S

RH2-12

RH7 -1

S +

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

BRD S

U

BK BTS21

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

FC41-10

TRUNK

SW FC41-3

FC41-6

FUEL FILL

BK

I

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

I

S

U

RY

BK

BT46-2

BT46-1

BT1AR

RY BTS6

RH20-2

I

BT41-5

RH20-1

TRUNK SWITCH

BRD RH20-2

YR

I BT41-19

BT2-7

YP

I

FC14-31

BT41-7

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH

FC3BR

RHS3

W

I

FC14-5

BK

FCS47

B

RH20-1

FC14-58

SO

W

I

I

FC87-1

RH7 -2

BT40-8

BT1-11

LOCK CONTROL

BK

KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE)

KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE)

I FC14-41

NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock.

BT2-16

OR

O

B BT43-2

BT40-1

B

B FCS50

SP FC67-5

BK

I

FC67-4

FC14-55

SR

O

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID

I

BK

BTS21

I

OB

O

BT40-14

OB

BT40-2

IC4-3

YP

BT1AR

RH2-14

B+

U

S

–

DD10-1

37

NW

LGU DD3-13

DD3-5

DD10-9

I

NW

DD10-16

I

DD3-10

ACS5

DD1-3

LOCK STATUS

YR (LHD) YP (RHD)

S ACS6

Y

YR

AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD)

BK DD3-9

DD1-16

DD3-6

I

O

BK

DD3-1

DD10-6

I

B

I

DD1-21

LOGIC

B 31

POWER

NR

32

NR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

B+

NW

LGU DP3-13

DP3-5

DP10-9

I DP11-5

9

FC24

10

8

SG

BK

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

GY DP3-6

DP3-7

DP10-16

7

ACS2

SR

DOOR LOCKING RELAY

U S

YP (LHD) YR (RHD)

DP1-3

I

LOCK STATUS

Y

YP

SY

O

DP3-3

SG I

DP1-21

DP1-2

BK DP3-1

DP10-6

POWER

DP10-17

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

FC2AR (FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BK

DP3-2

SU

SU

O I

SG DP1-19

LOGIC

DP10-8

B

DP3-8

SY

DP10-5

BK

BK DP3-9

DP1-16

DPS7

DP11-20

DPS7

B

6

AC13-17 (LHD) AC13-6 (RHD)

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

BK

SG

DP1-8

S

S

+

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

EXTERIOR HANDLE

DP1-2

B

FC2BR (FC4BR)

U

S

–

DP10-1

BK

FCS46

AC15-1

FC4AR (FC2AR)

N

FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

DD10-17

47

BK

SU

DD10-8

B

DD1-2 DD3-2

SU

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

DDS7

DD1-2

SG DD1-19

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BK

BK

SG

DD11-20

BK

DD3-3

DD10-5

DD11-4

GY

DD3-7

1

DD3-8

SY

I

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

6

BT1AL

RH2-2

SY

O

DD11-12

OU

UNLOCK DD3-11

1

B

DDS7

OY

KEY BARREL

33

BTS20

U DD1-8

S

S

+

DD11-5

LOCK

DD3-12

B IC4-4

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID

YR

EXTERIOR HANDLE

38

IC24-1

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE N

B IC24-2

BK

LOGIC

25

BT43-1

BT40-13

FC14-71

POWER

VALET SWITCH

FC4BL (FC2BL)

Fig. 13.1

Central Door Locking

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

FC2AR (FC4AR)

XK8 Range 1998

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 14.1

Wash / Wipe System

3

4

#7 30A 1

4

B

YR

5 LF6-1

LF25-2

LF25-1

YS

2 LF6-10

POWERWASH PUMP

POWERWASH RELAY (#4)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX NB

15

YS

O FC14-80

FC14-18

NY

19

WO

II

LF1-17

FC14-6

I

YW

YW

I FC14-104

5

YS

LF27-3

LF1-15

YG

O

FC14-15

FC14-26

FLUID LEVEL

YG

B LF27-2

LF1-16

LF27-1

LFS7

B WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

WO

2

WO

II

LGR WASH

SC1-9

LGR

I FC14-37

SC1-8

LGK

LGK

LGO

LGO

FC14-94

LGU

LGU

FLICK WIPE

KG

5

1

2

NU

9

NU

BLG

B

FC14-9

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY

INTERMITTENT WIPE

LF3BS

BLG

BLG

O FC14-43

LF60-16 LF49

560 Ω

KG 1.3 ΚΩ

WASH / WIPE CONTROL

11

2.7 ΚΩ

NU

5.1 ΚΩ

U R

4

3

5

1

2

WLG

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY

11 ΚΩ

WLG

O FC14-19

WLG LF60-17

51 ΚΩ

FAST

WASH / WIPE STALK

B

B LFS18

B LF3-5

N

SLOW

BW BR

EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD)

11.4

YU

YU

LF3BS

WIPER MOTOR

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

FC3BL

SIDE

RY

RY SCS2

AUTO

RY SC2-3

RY

I

FCS9

RY

I

FC14-16

FC14-60

RY LF1-14

LIGHTING STALK POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

LOGIC

RY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

U

U LF3-3

RY EM51-3

SC2-4

SC2-1

LF3-4

EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD)

PARK SWITCH

R

R EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD)

NLG UY

DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

10

LFS18

I

SC1-7

DELAY

B

4

3

I

SC1-5

SLOW WIPE

LF48

I FC14-34

SC1-6

FAST WIPE

LF1AR

RY LF3-2

XK8 Range 1998

Window Lifts S U

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL

NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – Convertible vehicles only.

–

U

S

U

FCS11

FC14-84 +

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

S – FC25-20

S

S

Fig. 15.1

Window Lifts

S

FCS12

FC14-85

S + FC25-19

REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL

S

S U

U

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

01.2

NO

NO

26

NO BT2-8

NO

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

RH2-8

U NO

NO FCS81

NO

AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

N

N

25

RH2-11

B+

DD1-22

S

DD10-1 RH2-12

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

BO DD10-18

NW

36

BG DD17-10

I

BR RH WINDOW UP

DD17-6

RH WINDOW DOWN

DD17-7

–

DD10-10

DD17-17

LH WINDOW DOWN

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

S

U

U

S DD10-9

I

DD10-16

PB DD10-11

I

DD16-2

DD11-7

PO

BK

DD16-6

DD10-15

DD16-1

DD10-7

OY

NW

38

I DD11-4

DD3-11

BK

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES NY

NY

48

NY BT2-2

BK DDS7

DD1-2

01.1

DRIVER WINDOW LIFT

DD11-12

OU

KEY BARREL

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DD16-3

I

DD3-10

UNLOCK

DD3-12

FC4AR (FC2AR)

MOVEMENT SENSOR

OB

O LOCK

BK DD1-2

OU

O

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

BK

DDS7

PW DD10-12

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DD16-4

DD16-5

I

DD17-20

FC4AR (FC2AR)

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

ACS6

DD1-3

I

BK DDS7

REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE

ACS5

DD10-13

BK

S + BT40-8

S

O

DD1-2

S BT1-11

U DD1-8

S

+ S

DD10-19

BP

BK

S – BT40-16

I

DD17-16

LH WINDOW UP

U BT1-10

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B

SW

DD10-17

DD1-21

FC14-63

NY

FC62-6

SR

FC4AR (FC2AR)

FC62-1

FC14-10

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

LGR

RH2-13 FC14-89

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

01.2

NY

NY FCS82

NY

AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

N

N

47

DP1-22

DP10-1

BO

S

+

S

34

DP1-2

DPS7

GB

DP10-10

GP

PB

BK

DP10-13

DP10-12

DP1-2

DPS7

I

B

B DP1-21

BK

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

DP1-2

POWER

FC2AR (FC4AR)

NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used.

DP16-1

OB

O I

MOVEMENT SENSOR

DP16-6

DP10-15

LOGIC

DP10-8

BK

OU

O

BK

DPS7

DP10-7

DP16-3

DP10-17

PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT

FC2AR (FC4AR)

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

RF1-13

RH12-15

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DP16-4

DP16-5

PW

I

BK

RH12-17

FC14-77

DP16-2

PO

O

DP17-8

BK

RH12-16

FC14-98

DP1-3

OLG WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

FC2AR (FC4AR)

S

I

DP17-7

RF1-6

FC14-36

DP1-8

S

I

BK

BK

LGW

DP10-11

BG

DP17-1

LOCAL WINDOW DOWN

BK

DP10-18

U

U

DP10-16

I

DP17-2

LOCAL WINDOW UP

RF1-5

FC14-62 –

DP10-9

NW

RF1-4

LGU

B+

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

U

S

–

U

DD10-9

S

S

U

FCS11

S

ACS6

DD1-3

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

AC14-9

Y

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

B 66

G

19.1

NB

15

Y

B+

U

U

S

II

DP1-3

DP10-16

RG

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

I

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

BK FCS47

+

S

U

S

S

FC14-84

BTS37

S – FC25-20

FC14-85

SW

S +

RH5-3

GB

2

RH33-2

LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT

67 VEHICLE SPEED

54

B

NR

RH33-1

BT74

10

8

GR

6

7

GP

RH5-1

BT1BR

LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC14-63

GB

O FC14-98

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH

GB

GB

RH2-11

BTS33

BT3-3

B 62

NU

4

BT76

5

GY

3

GY BT3-7

LGR RF4-2

LGR RF1-4

I

BK

BK

LGU RF4-1

RF4-3

LGU RF1-5

BTS35

63

OLG RF1-13

LGW RF4-5

RF4-4

LGW RF1-6

O RH6-3

GB

2

RH34-2

RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT

I FC14-62

56 OLG

1

RH QUARTER UP RELAY

TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH

FC3BR

NK

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL

BK RFS1

RF1-3

55

FC14-89

TOP CLOSED SWITCH

U

GR BT3-5

B

NK

9

FC25-19

I

FC62-6

O

GW

C –

FC14-10

FC62-10

DOWN

I

U

GW

3

LH QUARTER UP RELAY

I

FC62-1

FC3BR

S

FC14-32

SR BK

–

FC14-33

WN

16 UP

I

BT74

1

FC25-47

FC14-15

8

NK

C +

G

I

II

S

S

+

WO

5

DP1-8

DP10-9

4 5

FC25-24

FC14-80

S

NR

BT3-4

CAN

53

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

–

Fig. 15.2

Convertible Top

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

U

U ACS5

DD1-8

S

+

Convertible Top

B

NU

8

GU

6

7

GP

GU

U RH6-1

BTS34

I

BT1BL

FC14-36

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH

RH34-1

BT76

10

BT3-8

B

NK

9

POWER

GP

O LOGIC

FC14-77

RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY

GP RH2-15

GP

BT3-6

OLG RH12-15

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

B 64

LGO –

TOP RAISED SWITCH

NK

52

U

S BT40-16

B+ BT40-6

+

RHS2

B

LGY

RH29-1

LGY

LGY

RH29-2

BT3-1

S

S

I

U

B

B

3

B

2

UG

1

S RH12-16

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP

TOP UP RELAY

UG BT40-3 BTS18

TOP DOWN SWITCH

RH1S

BT16

5

RH12-15

S BT1-11

O

BT41-3

U BT1-10

BT40-8

B

4

BT15-2 RH29-3

B

NO

65

B

NO

4 5

BT17

W

W

3

BT15-1

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL

NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only.

B

BTS20

B BT1AL

2

UO

1

B BT2BL

TOP DOWN RELAY

UO

O BT40-10

GW

O BT40-4

BK

B BT53-2

BT53-1

LATCH CONTROL VALVE

I BT40-13

BTS21

BK

I

B

GR

O

BT40-14

BT40-9

BT54-2

BTS20

BT54-1

B

BK BT1AR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BT1AL

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Convert ible V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE

RADIO ANTENNA Y

19.1

CAN

C +

NP

45

B+

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

19.1

CAN

B LGB

LGB

IC10-5

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

LGB RH1-7

IC2-14

LGB BT1-20

BT19-6

OP OG

B

BT19-4

OP

OP

BT1AL

FCS67

IC1-12

OG FCS68

10.2

RLG

RLG

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PK

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

UY

IC2-4

IC10-13

MODE

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

PY

PY

PY

SC3-2

IC2-6

RH27-1

RH1-5

IC1-18

IC10-9

BY

BY

RH27-2

RH1-6

IC1-19

IC10-8

SW1-2

IC1-7

KP

KP

VOLUME +

SW4-2

SWS1

BO

BO SW2-6

AC14-2

UG

BO SW1-6

SC3-12

BK

CD LINK LEAD

FCS27

UG

UG

G DD1-23

UP

UP AC14-11

IC1-15

IC7

K DD1-11

AC14-12

UP

IC8

P DD1-17

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

FCS28

IC1-14

FCS48

O DD1-12

PK

PK IC1-10

IC10-7

CASSETTE

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

PO AC14-1

IC1-9

PK

20 Κ Ω

RH1-3

PO

PO IC10-6

BO

IC8-1

IC7-1

UP

UG

IC7-2

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

W IC8-2

R

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IC8-3

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

NOT USED

DD19 -1

DD19 -2

IC7-3

NOT USED

G IC8-4

NOT USED

IC7-4

B IC8-5

IC7-5

U IC8-6

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

IC7-6

Y IC8-7

IC7-7

B IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

RH25 -2

RH1-4

IC1-8 6.8 Κ Ω

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

BS

BS

I IC10-2

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH25 -1

KB

KB

KB

IC2-5

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

CASSETTE

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

IC10-12

LGY

BY

PY

RH26-2

RH1-12

IC1-17

IC10-19

RH26-1

BG

BG

BG IC10-16

KW RH1-20

IC1-16

IC10-20

UY

LGY RT20-9

BW RH1-2

KW

KW

IC2-3

RT20-7

KG RH1-1

BW

PR

UY

LGY

O DP1-12

IC1-4

IC10-15

IC2-2

RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

AC14-3

KG

PK

PK

PR

K

IC10-14

IC2-1

RT20-2

G

PO*

PO* RT20-3

DP18 -2

DP1-11

IC1-3 IC10-4

PO

RH24 -2

DP1-23

SO

SO

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

16.4

OG

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-17 IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24 -1

P

SK

IC1-1

SO

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DP19 -2

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK IC10-18

RU

OP AC14-13

OG IC1-13

RU

DP18 -1

BTS20

ANTENNA MOTOR

10.2

DP19 -1

FC38 -2

NOT USED

IC10-1

O

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

NOT USED

BT19-3

I

IC1-11

FC38 -1

NG

58

UW

FC26-20

NOT USED

NO CODE

IC10-11

UW

VEHICLE O SPEED

IC12

B+

I

FC25-47

IC13

WY

22

C –

Fig. 16.1

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

CE2

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Convert ible V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

Fig. 16.2

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.

RADIO ANTENNA CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

45

C –

22

NP

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

VEHICLE SPEED

NO CODE

58

UW

FC26-20

IC12

B+

NG

IC1-11

NOT USED BT19-3

I

B

IC10-1

LGB

O

LGB

IC10-5

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

LGB RH1-7

IC2-14

LGB

BT19-6

B

FC38 -2

BT1AL

OP OG

FCS67

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

OG FCS68

IC10-18

IC10-4

IC10-17

RLG

RLG

SO

KG

PO*

PO

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PK

16.4

PK

PR

16.4

UY

16.4

BW

BW RH1-2

KW

KW BG

UY

BG

IC10-12

LGY

LGY IC2-5

RT20-9

KB

IC10-13

KB

MODE

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

PY SC3-2

SW1-2

PY IC2-6

IC1-7

IC10-8

I

BO SW4-2

BO

SWS1

BO

BO SW2-6

FCS28

SW1-6

AC14-12

UP

BK

CD LINK LEAD

FCS48

SC3-12

IC8

IC8-1

UP

UP AC14-11

UP

UG

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

IC7-1

W IC8-2

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

G DD1-23

P DD1-17

IC7

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

FCS27

IC1-15

K DD1-11

UG

UG

IC1-14

CASSETTE

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

AC14-2

UG

VOLUME -

O DD1-12

PK

PK IC1-10

IC10-7

20 Κ Ω

PO AC14-1

IC1-9

PK

VOLUME +

RH1-3

PO

PO IC10-6

6.8 Κ Ω

KP

IC1-8

IC10-9

SEEK

RH1-4

KP

KP

IC10-2

BS

BS

BS PY

RH27-2

RH1-6

IC1-19

CASSETTE

NOT USED

BY

BY

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

RH27-1

RH1-5

IC1-18

PY

NOT USED

RH26-2

RH1-12

IC1-17

IC2-4

RH26-1

RH1-20

IC1-16 IC10-16

UY

LGY

16.4

KG RH1-1

IC1-4

IC10-19

IC10-15

IC2-3

RT20-7

RADIO TELEPHONE

DP1-12

KG

PR

PR RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

O

SO AC14-3

PK IC2-2

RT20-2

RADIO TELEPHONE

IC10-14

K DP1-11

IC1-3

BW

PO* IC2-1

RT20-3

*RH30 *RH30 -1 -2

DP18 -2

DP1-23

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-20

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24 -2

G

OG SK

IC1-1

SO

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

RH24 -1

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK IC10-3

DP19 -2

P

OP AC14-13

OG IC1-13

RU

DP18 -1

OP

OP IC1-12

10.2

DP19 -1

NOT USED

BT19-4

BT1-20

FC38 -1

BTS20

ANTENNA MOTOR

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

IC10-11

UW

O

IC13

WY

I

FC25-47

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE

B+

IC7-2

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

NOT USED

*RH31 *RH31 -1 -2 DD19 -1

DD19 -2

RH25 -1

RH25 -2

R IC8-3

NOT USED

IC7-3

G IC8-4

IC7-4

B IC8-5

IC7-5

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

U IC8-6

IC7-6

Y IC8-7

IC7-7

* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.

B IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5

CE2

I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Coupe V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Premium In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 16.3

Premium In-Car Entertainment

* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.

RADIO ANTENNA CAN

19.1 19.1

B+

WY

22

G

B+

I

C –

PASSENGER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

IC12

IC13

IC10-10

C + FC25-24

CAN

NP

45

Y

NO CODE

PASSENGER DOOR TWEETER

PASSENGER DOOR MID-BASS

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE

IC10-11

FC25-47

NG

58 UW

UW

O

VEHICLE SPEED

IC1-11

FC26-20

BT19-3

B

I IC10-1

LGB

O IC10-5

LGB IC2-14

LGB RH1-7

LGB

BT19-6 BT19-4

BT1-20

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

RU

RLG

RLG

NG

B+

IC18-6

60

NG

B+

IC18-16

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PO

PO*

PK IC2-2

RT20-2

PR

B

UY IC2-4

RT20-7

Y

IC10-12

LGY

LGY

I

R

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

MODE

SW1-2

SW2-2

PY

SC3-2

IC2-6

IC18-7

IC18-17

RH1-12

IC1-17

RH26-1

RH26-2

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-1

RH27-2

RH27-2

IC10-2

CD LINK LEAD

VOLUME +

IC8

20 Κ Ω

RH1-5

IC1-18

BY

BY

BY

6.8 Κ Ω

KB

KB

KB IC18-8

IC18-18

RH1-6

IC1-19

IC7

DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)

O IC8-1

CASSETTE

BO

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

RH26-1

BG

BG

BG

BRD

I

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH1-20

IC1-16

I IC17-1

IC14-5

CASSETTE

KW

KW

KW

I IC17-6

IC14-4

PY

PASSENGER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)

IC17-3

U

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

PY

BW RH1-2

IC1-4

G

IC10-13 IC14-3

PY

KG RH1-1

IC17-7

IC14-2

IC2-5

RT20-9

O DP1-12

BW

BW IC18-3

SW4-2

BO

BO

SWS1

SW2-6

SW1-6

IC7-1

W

BK

BO FCS48

SC3-12

IC8-2

IC18-2

IC8-3

FC3BL

IC8-6

IC8-7

UG

UG

FCS27

UP

UP AC14-11

IC1-15

G DD1-23

AC14-12

UP

UP IC18-5

IC8-8

FCS28

IC1-14

IC7-7

B

P DD1-17

IC7-8

B IC17-4

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

B

CE2

B

UP

UG

B

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

IC4-6

IC17-11

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

UG

UG IC18-15

K DD1-11

AC14-2

IC1-10

IC7-6

Y

PK

PK

PK IC18-12

O DD1-12

AC14-1

IC1-9

IC7-5

U

PO

PO

PO IC18-4

IC8-5

RH1-3

IC1-8

IC7-4

B

KP

KP

KP IC18-10

IC8-4

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

RH1-4

IC1-7

IC7-3

G

REAR SUB-WOOFER (COUPE)

BS

BS

BS

IC7-2

R

STEERING WHEEL

RH24 -2 RH30 -2

K

SO

IC1-3

I IC17-2

IC14-1

(CONV.) RH24 -1 * (COUPE) RH30 -1

G

KG

KG IC18-11

DP18 -2

DP19 -2

DP1-11

AC14-3

IC1-2

I IC18-1

IC10-16

UY

LGY

IC14-6

IC2-3

RT20-1

UY

O

IC10-15

PR

PR

IC18-13

DP18 -1

DP19 -1

DP1-23

SK

SO

SO

IC10-14

PK

B

P

OG

AC14-4

IC1-1

R

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

IC18-14

IC2-1

RT20-3

PK

OG FCS68

IC1-13

SK

PO*

OP AC14-13

OG

OG

IC17-12

16.4

FCS67

IC1-12

IC17-5

IC10-4

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

OP

OP

OP 59

FC38 -2

OP OG

IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

FC38 -1

BT1AL

ANTENNA MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

B BTS20

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

R

B

DD19 -1

DD19 -2

(CONV.) RH25 -1 * (COUPE) RH31 -1

RH25 -2 RH31 -2

IC4-5

POWER AMPLIFIER BT1CS

DRIVER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

DRIVER DOOR TWEETER

DRIVER DOOR MID-BASS

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH31 VIN 024687 ➞.

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: Prem ium ICE V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Radio Telephone

TELEPHONE ANTENNA

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

NP

39

NP

NP

BT20-8

LG

I

PK

RT5-10

LG

LG

PR

RT5-11

UY

RT5-16

LGY

RT4-11

RT4-10

BRD

RT3-1

RT4-12

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LGY

16.1

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RT20-9

RT5-8

B

B

RT6-2

16.1

U

U

RT6-1

BRD

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RT20-7

RT5-15

W

16.3

RT20-1

UY

RT7

16.2

RT20-2

PR

B+ RT2-2

16.1

RT20-3

PK

B+

RT20-10

PO*

RT5-5

RT2-3

21

PO

B+ RT2-10

RTS2

NP

RT4-6

RT3-2

RT5-13

W

R RT4-2

RT3-3

RT5-7

BRD RT5-1

SR

Y RT4-3

RT3-4

RT5-4

SO

O RT4-4

RT3-5

RT5-3

SY

N RT4-5

RT3-6

RT2-8

W

G RT4-1

RT3-7

RT5-12

SK

W RT4-9

RT3-10

RT5-14

G

P RT4-7

BRD

RT3-8

RT2-6

B BRD S

RT5-6

O

RT4-8

RT3-9

RT2-1

HANDSET Y RF9-1

Y RF1-17

RF9-2

Y RT20-4

BRD

RT2-11

BRD RF1-18

BRD RT20-5

RT2-12

MICROPHONE

B RT2-4

B RTS3

RT2-9

B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT20-6

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

B FC2CS (FC4CS)

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 16.4

Radio Telephone

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

Airbag System

R

19.1

Airbag System

D FC29-6

WG

15

NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated.

B+

II

FC29-7

RW

13

O FC30-7 FUSE BLOW

O

KN

FC30-3

SO SW10-3

SW11-3 CASSETTE

FUSE BLOW SWITCH

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG

CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse.

RP

O

R

FC30-2

SW10-1

SW11-1 CASSETTE

RW

14

I FC30-8

STEERING WHEEL SAFING SENSOR

O

RG

FC30-5

RG FC74-1

RW

12

PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG

DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE

RW

KP

O

KP

FC30-4

FC40-1

RS

FC74-3

O FC30-11

FC40-2

YW FC40-4

BK FC40-3

AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FC29-12

YW

08.1

YW

FC30-10

O

FCS64

LF51-2

LF2-5

FC29-9

BK

KU OP

OP

I

LF51-1

LF2-4

KU

I

FC29-5

ON

ON

I

RH IMPACT SENSOR

LF51-4

LF2-6

I FC29-4

YU

I FC29-11

BK

FCS45

I

KG

I FC30-9

FC30-12

LF50-1

KG LF50-2

LF2-2

OW

I

BK

YU LF2-1

FC29-8

OW LF50-4

LF2-3

FC1S

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

LH IMPACT SENSOR

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

Fig. 17.1

XK8 Range 1998

Ancillaries

NB

15

YB

B+ FC14-80

HP1

#11 10A

LF14

B GU

SW2-1

GU

SW1-1

LFS8

FC14-4

4

3

5

1

2

YW #13 10A

CASSETTE

BK

BK

HP3

SW2-5

BK

4

BK

BK

SCS1

SW1-5

LF7-5

RH HORN

GS

HORN RELAY (#6)

HORN SWITCHES

FC3BL

GS

O

STEERING WHEEL

YW

23

B

WU

B

I

LF16

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

FC14-70

FC42-2

B LFS9

LF60-14

FC42-1

CIGAR LIGHTER

LF17

LF2BR

POWER

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

LF15

LF1AL

LF6-6

HORN CONTROL

FCS48

SC2-9

B

I

SC3-1

GU HP2

YB

LF7-1

CASSETTE

GU

Fig. 18.1

Ancillaries

LH HORN LOGIC

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

CIGAR LIGHTER

HORNS

NLG

27

BT25-1

PN #11 10A

PN

BT12-1

BTS38

BT25-3

B 1

3

5

2

1

NR

17

RF10-2

RF11-1

RF10-1

RF11-2

BT25-2 #13

1

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

BT12-5

BT2BR

WN

13 I

BT11-6

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BK NLG

28

BK

RFS1

FC51-1

PN

PN BT58-1

PN FC51-3

RH14-1

B

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

RF1-3

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

BK

FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL)

FC3BR

ROOF CONSOLE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: SEPTEM BER 1997

➞

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)

XK8 Range 1998

+

C

–

C

Y LF37-5

Y LF40-3

G LF37-15

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

EM7-83

Y

AJ26 N/A

Y

G

AJ26 N/A

G

EM7-82

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

Y

EM10-26

EM7-86

G LF40-4

Netw orks; Serial Data Links

EM10-28

EM1-6

EM10-27

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

FC88-9

G

WU

6

FC25-24

II

C –

WN

I

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

FC53-8

WO

4

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

II +

FC53-1

Y

C

Y

C + FC53-6

FC25-23 +

Y

C LF37-5

–

Y

G

C LF37-15

Y

AJ26 SC

–

G

G

G

C – FC53-14

FC25-48

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

AJ26 SC

EMS52

LF40-4

G

C

EMS53

LF40-3

B+ FC53-9

18

FC25-47

FC88-8

B+ FC53-16

C +

G

FC88-3

EM1-7

NY

24

Y

FC88-4

G

EM10-25

EM7-85

Y

Fig. 19.1

Netw orks; Serial Data Links

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

+

Y

C

U

EM72-H –

G

C

S – FC25-20

S

S + FC25-19

EM72-L

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

–

U

S FC14-84

+

S

S

U

FC14-85

S – FC53-10

S

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

–

U

S

U

BT40-16

U

BT1-10

S

+ S

U SP1-3

S

BT1-11

U

FCS11

RH2-11

S

BT40-8

S

S

FCS12

RH2-12

S –

S

+

S

SP1-8

S + SP5-9

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

U

U

DP10-9

U

ACS5

U

U

S

S

ACS6

S

S

+

S

P

EM11-3

EM13-2

D FC53-12

EM1-5

W

D

S –

S

W

D FC53-13

EM1-20

S + ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SD5-9

SD1-8

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

S

P

D

SD5-10

SD1-3

AC14-9

DP1-3

FCCP

VFP

U

AC14-8

DP1-8

S DP10-16

–

NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port; VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming

SP5-10

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

–

S + FC53-2

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

U

SERIAL OUTPUT

U

DD10-9

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

S

DD10-16

D FC53-3

FC29-6

DD1-8

S

R

D

DD1-3

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

K

D FC53-15

O

D FC53-7

K

K

D BT69-28

O

O

BT2-20

BT69-10

O

FCS16

RH12-5

D

K

K

EM10-12

O

D

K

EM10-13

O

O AC14-6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 II

5 E

D AC4-21

SERIAL DATA LINK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

1

D

O

EM1-2

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

FC3BL

AC4-10

AC14-5

FC53-5

BK

K

EM1-1

BK

FCS48

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

D

6

FC53-4

FC22-6

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

1

BK

NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire – serial input O wire – serial output O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication

FCS15

RH12-4

BT2-19

O

D

K

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Com m unications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Netw ork)

S

SCP Netw ork

Fig. 02.1

V ARIAN T: All V ehicles V IN RAN GE: 018108 DATE OF ISSU E: FEBRU ARY 1998

➞

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘;i Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 1 FCi432 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-97 RELAY COILDR,“E

COMPONENTS Active GROUND GROUND

Inactive GROUND

Component BATTERY

Location I Access TRUNK,RlGHTHANDSlDE

BODYPROCESSOR MCIDIJLE FUSEBOX- DRl”ERSlDE

PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET F*sCIA!DRlVER SlDE

Color / Stripe BROWN BROWN BRCJWN BRcwm BROWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

Connector BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS

/ Color

Location I Access PASSENGER SlDEFUSEBOX ENGlNE MANAGEMENT FUSEBOX DRi”ERSIDEFUSEBOX ENGINE CclMPARTMENT FUSEBOX TRUNKFUSEBOX

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

Location / Access TRUNK,ABOVE RGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RlGHTHANDSIDE TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL TRANSMiSSlON TUNNEL TRANSMISSIDN TUNNEL REAROFCENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ENGINE CCJMPARTMENT, FALSE B”LKHEAD, RIGHTHANDSIDE

GROUNDS Location I Type BATERYGROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR EYELET WNGLEI/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR

Ground ST68 BTZBR BTlBS CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE1

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

COMPONENTS Component FUSEBOX- ILlRIVER SlDE

Connector / Type / Color FE/ IO~WAY UT A. FUSEBOX I NATURAL KS, IO-WAY u T A. FUSEBOX! BLACK FC90,EYELET FC92,EYELET

Location / Access FASClA,DRIVER SlDE

FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE

FC20 /lo-WAY FC21 I l&WAY FC90 ‘EYELET

FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

“.T A. FUSEBOX, WT A. FUSEBOX,

NATVRAL BLACK

CONNECTORS

Connector AC12 AC13 AC14 ACli AC16 BE BT58 DD1 DP1 IC2

Type I Color zo-WAYMULTILOCK 070I WHITE Z&WAYMULTlLOCK 070/YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ?O-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070,GREY G~WAY MULTILOCK 070‘YELLOW ZO-WAY MtJLTlLOCK 070:WHlTE I-WAYECONOSEAL 111 tic, BLACK 23WAYAMP FORD,BLACK X-WAYAMP- FORD,BLACK 14~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070/WHITE

Location / Access FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOLJNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSlDE LEFTHAND’KPOSTCONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘NPOSTTRlM TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH DRIVER SlDE‘N POSTMOUNTING BRACKET/APOSTTRlM PASSENGER SIDE’NPOSTI’WPOSTTRlM

iF1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

LEFT HAND

RF,

18.WAY

070,

YELLOW

RlGHT

RH14

?-WAY

RH2

*o-WAY

SD1

B-WAY MULTILOCK

070:

SP1

*-WAY

070 iYELLOW

MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

BELOW

CENTER HAND

CONSOLE

GLOVE

‘K POST CONNECTOR ‘K POST CONNECTOR

BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING

/II HC, BLACK

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

070 /WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

YELLOW

BELOW

DRIVER SEAT

BELOW

PASSENGER

BRACKET! BRACKET,‘K

‘fl

POST TRIM POSTTRlM

SEAT

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component

Connector

I Type I Color

Location

/ Access

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

COMPARTMENi

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,

LEFT FRONT

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

MAIN*GEMENT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector iC4

CONNECTORS

Type / Color 4-WAYM”LT,LOCK 070,WHITE

Location

/ Access

TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component

Connector/Type

/ Color

FUSE BOX-DRIVER

SlDE

FC5,lO-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX, RX, 10.WAY ” T A. FVSEBOX FC90, EYELET FC!3Z, EYELET

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

LF5,lO~WAY”TA FUSEBOX’NATURAL LF6: IO-WAY “.T A F”SEBOX,‘BLACK LF7/10-WAY ” T A FUSEBOX! GREEN LFB! 10.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BL”E iF70, EYELET

Location

NATURAL ! BLACK

FASCIA,

ENGlNE

FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE

BTIO BTlt BT12 BT13 *Tel,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

SIDE

COMPARTMENT,

I_10.WAY i ?&WAY I_10.WAY i IO-WAY EYELET

L. T A. U T A. U T A. U.T.A.

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX

NATURAL BLACK I GREEN ! BLUE

TRUNK

i ELECTRICAL

Location

/ Access

FASCIA

BOTTOM

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

CONNECTOR

GLOVE

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

BELOW

CENTER

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

i LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT

CONSOLE

MOUNTING

I ADJACENT

ENGINE

LEFT HAND

‘N POST CONNECTOR

COMPARTMENT, HAND’K

BRACKET

POST CONNECTOR

RIGHT

HAND

SlDE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

MO”NTlNG

BRACKET,‘K

POSTTRlM

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘N

POSTTRIM

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

CARRIER

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

ENGINE

DATE

LEFT FRONT

FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

Connector

I Access

DRl”ER

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component FUSE BOX-ENGINE

Connector MANAGEMENT

EM19, IO-WAY EM20,10-WAY EM70, EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I Type / Color U.T.A. “.T.A

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

Location

NATURAL BLACK

ENGINE

/ Access

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

Type / Color

LF3

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

Lw.0

13WAY

PI,

57.WAY

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

Location 111LC, BLACK

/ Access

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT HAND

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKETON

TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:

ENCLOSURE

CONNECTORS

Connector EL1

DATE

MODULE

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component ,GNlTlON INERTlA

SWITCH

Connector (KEY-IN

SWlTCHj

FC4,8

SWITCH

FC46 /SWAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

/ Type / Color

WAY MULTILOCK

070,

ECONOSEAL

STEERING

WHITE

ADJACENTTO

111LC i BLACK

/ Access COLUMN LEFT HAND

FASCIA

FVSE BOX

CONNECTORS

Connector AC13

Type / Color 2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK

070 / YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

BT1

ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK

070,

TRUNK

ABOVE

LFSO

2O~WAY MVLTILOCK

070! WHITE

LEFT HAND

RH2

20.WAY

070,

REAR OF CENTER

MULTiLOCK

Location WHlTE WHITE

/ Access CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE

MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH BRACKET:‘A’POSTTR,M

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground

Location

FC3BL

EYELET

/ Type

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG i TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘J Pin Description I FC14~7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS D

FC14-39

SECURITY

COMPONENTS Inactive BTiP,R.D,4.3,21

Active GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

(Ni

ENCODED

Component

Connector

BATTERY

BT66, BT67,

COMMUNlCATlDNS

Location

/ Type I Color

TRUNK.

EYELET EYELET

/ Access

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

I

FC14-4,

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

CRANKING)

BL

BODY PROCESSOR

MODULE

FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

PASSENGER

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

,CRANKlNG,

EL

ENGINE

MODULE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

1

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

EM10,28-WAY EMI1 ,16-WAY EM,2,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY EM,4,12-WAY EM15,22-WAY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

Active

Inactive GROUND

REOUEST VOLTAGE

CONTROL

COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 3 Pin Description D EM10-6 OKTO STARTENCODED

GENERATOR

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

COMMUNlCATlONS

I D

EM10-15 EM10-17

PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

B+ IP, Nl ENCODED

/

EM,,-6

ENGINE

GROUND

COMMUNICATIONS ,GNlTlDN

CRANK

B+

,CRANKlNGi

SWITCH

v

MODULE

Pin

Description

D

FCZ2-9

GLASS

D

FCZ2-16

OK TO START

D

X22-17

SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

OK TO START

(ENCODED

IENCODED

Inactive

STARTER

FC89,

J-WAY

MULTILOCK

ST2, ST3, ST,0

MOTOR

AN3,

MODULE

STEERING

070 /WHITE

MVLTILOCK

P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO

(GENERATOR)

SUPPRESSlON

MULTILOCK

FC22 IZO-WAY

COMMUNICATION)

COMMUNICATION, (ENCODED

FC4, E-WAY

SWITCH,

MODULE

SWlTCH

REGULATOR

Active

BREAKAGE,

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

TRUNK,ADJACENTTO

BT60, EYELET BTB, , EYELET BT62, EYELET BT63! EYELET

MODULE

~R.D.4.3.21

NEUTRAL

KEY TRANSPONDER

MULTILOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 010,GREY MULTILOCK 040,GREY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 47,WHlTE MULTlLOCK47IWHITE

SlDE FASCIA,

040, 070, 0902,

P-WAY ECDNOSEAL

RIGHT

ENCLOSURE

FRONT

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

GEAR SELECTOR

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC, RED

MODULE

BATTERY

GREY

EYELET EYELET , EYELET

BRACKET

COLUMN

ADJACENTTO

GREEN

AlRBAG

ASSEMBLY GENERATOR

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

COMMUNICATION)

RELAYS Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector

STARTERRELAY

BROWN

EMX,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

I Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

BT80

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

I Access

EM1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

FALSE

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHTHAND

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

EM2

18-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSVRE

EM3

14.WAY

MVLTILOCK

070,

GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHIND

PI,

57~WAY SUMITOMO,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK BLACK

LEFT INNER

FENDER

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location

BTSB

BATTERY

FCSBR

EYELET

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

GROUND

STUD

(PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE rCr Pin Description 1 FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS D

FC14-39

SECURITY

Active GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

iN1

ENCODED

Inactive

Component

Connector

E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21

BATTERY

BT66, EYELET BT67 i EYELET

COMMUNICATIONS

I

FC14-41

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

iCRANKING

B+

BODY PROCESSOR

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

(CRANKING1

E+

DUAL

/

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

ENGlidE

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

Active

Inactive

GENERATOR

RECIUEST VOLTAGE

FClOO-4

NEUTRAL

0

FC100-5

PARKi

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

SWITCH

COMMON

GROUND

SUPPLY

OK TO START-

iNi

GROUND

CONFIRMATION

B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21 GROUND

MODVLE

B- IP. Nl

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

SWITCH

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

Active

Inactive

B+ iP, Nl

GROUND

REGULATOR STARTER

COMMUNlCATiONS

CONFIRMATION

ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED

CRANK

GROUND

MODULE

IR. D. 4. 3. Zi ,GN,TlON

ENCODED

PARK i NEUTRAL

ENGINE

CONTROL

GROUND

GROUND

STATUS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description

SECURITY

MODULE

SWITCH

COMMUNlCATlONS

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH 77 Pin Description FC100~2 TCM! DUAL LINEAR 0

LINEAR

AMP EEEC,

GREY

MULTTILOCK

070,

12.WAY

PASSENGER LEFT HAND

GREY

SIDE

SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG

BRACKET

S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

CENTER

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

AN, I EYELET AN*, EYELET ST, 1 , EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

RIGHT FRONT

BT60 BT61 BTGZ 8163

TRUNK,

ADJACENT

i EYELET 1 EYELET 1 EYELET ! EYELET

AN3,

MODULE

HAND

ENGlNE

MULTILOCK

WHITE

STEERING

040 I GREEN

ADJACENT

070,

MULTILOCK SUMITOMO

0902,

BLACK

ST2, EYELET ST3, EYELET STlO , EYELET

MOTOR

I Access

RlGHT

EMlO, Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,,, ,S-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM12 I Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3!34-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 i WHlTE EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK 47, WHITE

P,50,3WAY

iGENERATOR

SUPPRESSION

FC14 I,01-WAY

FC22 i 20.WAY

IR.D.4.3.21

COMMUNICATIONS

TRUNK,

FC,OO!

FC4,8~WAY

SWITCHI

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color

Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

CONSOLE ENCLOSURE

TO BATTERY

COLUMN TO DRIVER

SIDE FUSE BOX

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR

ENGlNE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC: RED

MODULE

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

Bi

iCRANKING)

RELAYS KEY TRANSPONDER v D

Pin FC22~9

MODULE

Relay

Description GLASS

BREAKAGE

D

FCZZ-16

OK TO ST*RT

D

FCZZ-17

SECURITY

Inactive

Active ,OKTO

(ENCODED

ACKNOWLEDGE

STARTIENCODED

ST*.RTER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM50,

Location

/ Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

COMM”NlCATlON,

COMMUNICATION) (ENCODED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

COMMUNlCATlONi

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

8180

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

EM,

*O-WAY

070 i WHITE

~iuGmE

C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO

RIGHT

EM2

18~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

EM3

14.WAY

070,

GREY

ENGINE

C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHlND

PI1

57.WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE BULKHEAD,

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL

111HC , BLACK

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

I Access FALSE

BULKHEAD,

ADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAN0

SlDE

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEFT ,NNER

FENDER

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RIGHT HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location

BTBB

BATTERY

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MODULE

/ Type

GROUND

ST”0

PIN OUT INFORMATION

HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description IGNITION SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY

Active E+ B+

Inactive 0” B+

B+

BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAYACTlVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSlTlON! TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

GROUND

B+ B+

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG”ARDPOSlTlDN, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

GROUND

/

symbols

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

GROUND GROUND

B+ GROUND (CRANKING1 4.9” = LOW PRESSURE,

E+ E+ 0 2 ” = HIGH PRESSURE

5v

5v 0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING 0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND

WITH TEMPERATURE)

GROUND

0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

iI -PS SHIELD

GROUND

LF58,

EVAPORATIVE

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 5” @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ; 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz: GROUND

‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

P115, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK

‘B’ BANK

P14, Z-WAY

VALVE

-A

UPSTREAM

EM21,

HOZS: HEATED

OXYGEN

SENSOR

-B

UPSTREAM

EM23,

KS KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

MASS

025:

OXYGEN

SENSOR-A

OX:

OXYGEN

SENSOR

PARKING

AIR FLOW SENSOR - B DOWNSTREAM

AND MECHANICAL

THRO”LE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSITION

GUARD

WHITE

E J2, GREY

ECONOSEAL

REARWARD

OF ROAD WHEEL

CYLINDER

HEAD,

REAR

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRUNK

OUARTER,

i FUELTANK

090 II, GREY

‘N BANK

REARWARD

MODULE

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

FLANGE

SUMITOMO

090 II, GREY

‘B’ BANK

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P135,5-WAY

YAzAKlO902,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

&WAY

Z-WAY

BLACK

SUMITOMO

090 A TYPE,

‘X BANK

GREY

REARWARD

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CDNVERTER

OF AIR CLEANER

EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY

‘8’ BANK

FC19,

BELOW

PARKING

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

THROTLE

ASSEMBLY

BEHlND

RIGHT HAND

LUCAR

RIGHT ANGLE YAZAKI

0902, CLIP,

BLACK BLACK

W/4-WAY

SUMITOMO

- 1

ELZ, Z-WAY

SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

090 DC INHIBIT

1 , BROWN

“AC”“,,,

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

VACUUM

SWITCHING

VALVE

-2

EL3,2-WAY

SUMlTOMO

VACUUM

SWITCHING

VALVE

- 3

EL4,

YAZAKI

*-WAY

TS090,

090,

BLACK

GREY

BRAKE

ARCH LINER

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TIMING

SOLENOID

VALVE -A

P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTI’K

VVT SOLENOID

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TiMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE -B

P132,lWAY

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

AMP JUNIOR

LEVER

WHEEL

VVI SOLENOID

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

EVAPORATIVE

CATALYTIC

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

Z-WAY

P133, P-WAY TWIN SENSOR

QUARTER!

REAR OF BED PLATE

LH FRONT

BLACK

,,I LC I BLACK

SUMITOMO

P142, I-WAY

SENSORS

J2,

ECONOSEAL

a-WAY

EM22,

DOWNSTREAM

BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSITION

Z-WAY

PIEi

MAFS

070,

ECONOSEAL

BT5,3WAY

SENSOR

SENSOR

SENSOR-A

MULTlLOCK

EM,O,ZB-WAY MULTlLOCK 040,GREY EM,, ,16-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM12 122.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK040,GREY EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE

OXYGEN

KS: KNOCK

*-WAY

090,

BANKCYLINDER ‘B’ BANK

CYLiNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

HEAD,

FRONT

GROUND GROUND GROUND

B+ B+ B+ Bt B+ KHz = KNOCK KHz = KNOCK 2000 RPM = 1132 Hz

MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EMIGIBROWN

Location

I Color

CONTROL

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector AC13

Type / Color

BT2

Location

I Access

070 iYELLOW

FASClA

BOTTOM

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

TRUNK,

ABOVE

EL,

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/RIGHT

EM1

X-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

LF3

,3-WAY

ECONOSEAL

11, LC, WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

20.WAY

I Access MODULE

M”LT,LOCK

WHITE

CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL HAND

RIGHT

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

PI,

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

RH,

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

BEHIND

GLOVE

GREY

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

070,

HAND

ARCH

BOX

GROUND 2000 RPM = ,132 Hz GROUND

GROUNDS

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

Ground

Location

EM,AL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R, - RiGHT

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

EM2AL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

/ Type LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG i ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

HAND

ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND (VALVE

B+ E+ B+

OPEN)

GROUND GROUND GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control

ENGlNE,

EM64,

Relay

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

CONTROL

PRESSURE

111LC, BLACK

HEATED

~02%

THROTTLE

B+ GROUND GROUND

EMISSION

FUEL TANK

LH FRONT

ECONOSEAL

RELAYS

B+ B+ B+ GROUND B+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”

components

EVAPP

BLACK

i 3.WAY

P,,,

GROUND

0.98” @ ,O*C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING) 0.t - 0.9 ” 0 IDLE iSWlNGi 0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING, 0.1 - 0.9” 6 iDLE (SWING, GROUND GROUND GROUND

are used to represent

LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI

CDMMUNlCATlONS

GROUND GROUND

THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

The following

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

(R.D.4.3.21

5V

I Access

Connector I Type I Color AC24!4-WAYM”LTlLOCK 070,WHITE

FTP SENSOR:

ECM PROGRAMMING CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

GROUND B+

5”

IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S UPSTREAM ‘N BANK HOZS DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025 DOWNSTREAM ‘N BANK 0% MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025, HOZS COMMON SHlELD

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER E”AP VALVE ACTlVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID GROUND GROVND GROUND

B+

IAPPLIED)

E+ IP. Ni GROUND ENCODED GROUND

Location

Component BRAKE SWlTCH CC”.CANlSTER CLOSE VALVE CKPS. CRANKSHAFT POSITiON SENSOR CMP%CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Em!ANDKM COOLING FAN EC-ISENGINE COOLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC.1 Frequency circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY OK To START- ENCODED COMM”NICAT10NS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NICAT,ONS SERlALCOMM”NICAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS ECTS, TPS ’ MECHA\UICAL GUARD PosITIOI\: PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFEREYCE GRO”ND MECLIANICAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMOV REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

:

CKPS

CRANKSHAFT

CMPS’

CAMSHAFT

BGROUND

B+ B-

EC,,, AND TCM COOLING

FAN

ECTS

TEMPERATURE

BGROUND B-

Bi GROUND

GROUND GROUYD Hi HZ Hz HZ

,CRANK,NGl

0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT GROUND

on this data page is furnished

SENSOR

MAE:

MASS

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT;

CONTROL

2~WAY ECONOSEAL

J2 / BLACK

LH FRONT

OUARTER

I REARWARD

SUMITOMO

OX II: GREY

‘N BANK

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

UPSTREAM

EM*3

i&WAY

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

GUARD

090 II I GREY

‘B’ BANK

111LC I BLACK

ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127,2

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P135 1 s-WAY

YAZAK,

FC19 : LUCAR

RlGHT

0902 ! BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

ANGLE

BELOW

PARKING

PI%,*

WAY TWIN

0902 ’ BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

P16: a-WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

CLIP,

BLACK

SUMITOMO

TSO9O / BLACK

REARWARD

BRAKE

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER ASSEMBLY

!THRO”LE THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

VALVE

- 1

EL*,

Z~WAY SUMlTOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

RlGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

SWITCHING

VALVE

- 2

EL3,

*-WAY

0911 DC INHIBIT

1, BROWN

BEHIND

RIGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

5”

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

-3

EL4,

P-WAY YAZAKI

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

“VT SoLENOlD

“AL”E.

“VT SOLENOlD

VALVE: VARIABLE

“ARABLE

B+ B+ BBI 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

SUMlTOMO 090,

GREY

TlMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE - A

P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER

I BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

VALVE TIMING

SOLENOID

VALVE

P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTj’B’

“ALVE

B

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

SUMITOMO

WAY ECONOSEAL

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL

PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI

SENSORS

MODULE

SWITCHING

‘A’ BANK

CYLlNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

BANK

CYLINDER

HEAD,

FRONT

RELAYS Relay MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color I Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

I Color

CONTROL

BROWN

I Access MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS Location

/ Access

Connector

Type / Color

AC13

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

OX,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BT2

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK/ABOVE

BOTOM

CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

BRACKET/RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

EL1

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

EM,

Z&WA,’

MULTILOCK

070 , WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

LF3

73.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT!

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BEHIND

GLOVE

LF40

13~WAY ECONOSEAL

PI,

57~WAY SUMlTOMO

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

RHI

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

i BLACK II/ LC, BLACK OX,

GREY

I RiGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

(VALVE

COMPARTMENT

I4~WA.y

- B

AND MECHANICAL

ENGiNE

L&B

AIR FLOW SENSOR

MOTOR

040 / GREY ‘GREY 040 ’ GREY 040 1 GREY 47 I WHITE 47 ‘WHITE

REAR CONTROL

EM*,

VALVE

BRAKE SWITCH

THROTTLE

MULTILOCK M”LTILOCK040 MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK

HEAD,

COMPARTMENT!

VACUUM

GROUND GROUND

Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R) - RlGHT

EMiBR

EYELET

~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

EM*AL

EYELET

,PA,R, -LEFT

EM**R

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMZBR

EYELET

(PA,R, -RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type HAND HAND HAND

LEG, LEG,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND BL B+

OPEN,

BGROUND GROUND GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

communications

KS- KNOCK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Bd Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B-

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

SENSOR-B

THROTTLE

a, B+ BGROUND

Module

OXYGEN

E J2 : GREY

CYLlNDER

ENG,NE

VACUUM

GROUND

5”@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H* GROUND

values for Control

HOZS. HEATED

SENSOR-A

-A

‘B’ BANK

BLACK WHITE

UPSTREAM

CONTROL

SENSOR

070,

PEDAL

: REAR OF BED PLATE

SENSOR

GROUND

‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK

EMlSSlON

ENGINE

111HC

ECONOSEAL

EMlO ‘28.WAY EM,, ,&WAY EM,* Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14 12.WAY EM15 /**-WAY

OXYGEN

111LC! BLACK

2~WAY MULTILOCK

P14 : %WAY

SENSOR

TOP OF BRAKE

POSITION

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 0 KHz = NO KNOCK,

EMS4

HEATED

KS KNOCK

ECONOSEAL

P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

MODULE

EVAPP- E”ApORATI”E ~02s

II 3.WAY

I Access

070 /WHITE

THRo”LE

GROUND

GROUND

P,,,

SENSOR

Location

/ Type / Color MULTlLOCK

EB+

WITH TEMPERATURE)

0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WO, GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

COOLANT

PEDAL POSITION

5”

GROUND GROUND

POSITION

CONTROL

PARKING

GROUND

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

ENGINE

POSlTlON

IR.D.4.3.2,

GROUND

GROUND GROUND

are used to represent

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

B-

0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING, 0.1 -0.9V@ IDLE (SWING)

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK Hozs HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD GROUND GROUND GROUND

D C S

AC24 i4WAY

GROUND GROUND 15 1500 15 1500 15 1500 15 - 1500

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTrLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

symbols

Connector

BRAKE SWITCH

5v

ECM PROGRAMMING NOT USED VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTlVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

The following

Component

GROUND (APPLIED, BT IP, NI GROUND ENCODED COMMUNlCATloNS GROUND

IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK HO% ‘A’ BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HOE COMMON SHIELD

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

Inactive 0”

ENGlNE

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGlNE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS SHIELD PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

Active B+ Bi

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL ‘;r 0 I 1 I

Pin EM,O-2 EM10-3 EM104 EMlO-

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description A,CCMLOADINHIBIT A!CCMELECTRICAL LOADSIGNAL ArCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST BRAKE SWITCH

Inactive B+

Component AIRCONDlTlDNlNG

COMPRESSOR

C-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGHPRESSURE 4~WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

FEEOBACK

1

iM,Z-9

IGNITlOY

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

FEEDBACK

0

EM,Z-10

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

0

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

0

CRUISE CONTROL

ON STATUS

/ Access

COMPARTMENT:&‘C

A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND

COMPRESSOR SIDE

GROUND

BGROUND

EM12.5 iM,Z-6 EM12-8

ENGINE

GROUND

BRAKE CANCEL

I I I

Location

Connector I Type /Color P136,I-WAYS”MlTOM0090A-TYPE,BLACK

CLUTCH

RELAYACTIVATE

SWTCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

ON , OFF SWITCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

SWITCHES

ENGINE

CONTROL

MODULE

AC4,22-WAY

MULTILOCK

47 i GREY

ACZ4!4-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 !WHITE

TOP OF BRAKE

NATURAL

REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

FC63

(STEERING

,O~WAY AMP MOL!

SW3 I3-WAY

WHEEL,

EPC,

BLACK

AND WHlTE

PEDAL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!CONTROL

TRVNK,

ELtCTRlCAL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

B+ B+ B-

GROUND LED

GROUND

NOT USED SERIES iLOW PARALLEL

SPEED FAN *CTI”*TE

(HIGHI

B+

SPEED FAN ACT,“*TE

IGYITION

COIL REL*YACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWliCHlNG

lGNlTiON

MODULE

2 SWTCHING 2 SWITCHING

B+ B+

FUSE BOX

BTlO: 10.WAY Bill I ,&WAY BT12,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET

TRUNK

“.T.A u T4. U T.A U T A

FVSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX,

NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

CARRIER

0

IGNITION

MODULE

0

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

COlL - ,A

pi,*,

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

0

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCWlNG

IGNlTlON

COiL-

1B

P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI

mm,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlT\ON

COlL

2A

P119 i Piv*y

090x

: BLACK

CAMSHAFT

CO”ER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlTlON

COIL - 28

Pi23,

?~W/IY YAZAKI

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNlTlON

COIL-W.

Pm,

P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX,

ICNlTlON

COlLLBB

P124, Z-WAY YALM

IGNlTlON

COIL-U

PI21 ,l~WAY

lGNlT,ON

COILL4B

Pi25,2~WAY

0

iNJECTOR

‘3B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B7

INJECTOR

‘4K ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘,A

ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘3N ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘2K ACTIVATE

GROVND

B+

lNJECTOR

‘1B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

B-

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL v Pin Description I ACbl COMPRESSOR CLUTCH Al31

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

I

AC4-7

LOAD INHIBIT

KS9

COMPRESSOR

I

AC%17

REFRIGERANT&WAY

CLUTCH

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”EB

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

YAZAKI

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT

YAZAKI

090X,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER

COVER

MODULE

1

EM27,12-WAY

lGNlT,ON

POWER MODULE:

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

- 2

EM29,12-WAY

IGNITION

POWER MODULE!

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

FAN CONTROL

MODULE

LB, WI?,

2~WAY REINSHAGEN

SWITCH

LB,,

G-WAY ECONOSEAL

RELAY

%WAY

LF13,

RADlATOR

FAN - LH

RADIATOR

FAN - RH

REFRIGERANT4-WAY

PRESSURE

TRW,

Z-WAY

ADJACENT

BLACK

RElNSHAGEN

METR,

630,

BLACK

METRI

530,

BLACK

ENGINE

111LC, BLACK

BULKHEAD,

TO LEFT HAND

HANDSIDE SIDE

HORN

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

REARWARD

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS Relay

Inactive D”

Active B+,ONi

STATUS LOAD SlGNA,

ON REOUEST PRESSURE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

090X,

MODULE

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

B+

0”

0”

B-

B+

0”

Cl”,*-30BARi

B- (OUT OF ACTIVE

FUEL PUMP IGNITION

0

ENGINE

BLACK BLACK

YAZAK,

IGNiTlON RADIATOR

MODULE

ELECTRICAL

YAZAK,

IGNlTlON

SWlTC,,

RANGE1

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

Connector

CONTROL TRUNK

RELAY

BROWN

RELAY (#4)

BROWN

BUS

BROWN

EM’Z,

COIL RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

/ Color

/ Access

LX ENCLOSURE

Location

AC13 BT2

*O-WAY

EM1 EM2 EM3 LF3

14~WAY MVLTiLOCK

MODULE

TOP CONNECTOR

FASCIA

BOTTOM

MOUNTING

CONNECTOR

REAR WHEEL

HAND

RIGHT

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

SIDE HAND

TRUNK,

ABOVE

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO

RIGHT

l&WAY

MULTILOCK

070,YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RlGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

13WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

Pll

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRKKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

ECONOSEAL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

BEHIND

GLOVE

PI2

IS-WAY

2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK

l/l LC, BLACK 070,

GREY

RH2

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

12.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

HAND

SW,

‘I?-WAY

MULTlLOCK

040 II BLACK

INSIDE

STEERING

JST,

WHlTE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

SC3

CENTER

SIDE

ARCH

II/ K,

RH1

WHITE

HAND

RlGHT

BRACKET,

070 /WHITE

GREY

RIGHT

BRACKET,

MOUNTING

M”LT!LOCK

6-WAY

RELAYS

/ Access

FASCIA

13~WA\y ECONOSEAL

SW2

ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX

CONTROL

BROWN

RELAYS

MODULE

CONNECTORS

Type I Color 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE X-WAYMULTILOCK OX, YELLOW

Connector AC12

Location

Color / Stripe BROWN

BUS EM5 i BROWN

FUEL INJECTION 0

*-WAY

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN

OF STEERING

COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Freauencv

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

Ground BTML

Location

/ Type

EYELET

IPA,Rl

-LEFT

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG!

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT

EMZAR

EYELET

IPA,R, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

HAND

LEG : TRUNK,

RIGHT REAR HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

FC3BL

EYELET

(PAIRI -LEFT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMlSSlON

LF2.u

EYELET

(PA,%

- LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

LFlBL

EYELET

(PA,R)

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS

MODULE

Component

Connector

B+ B*

Inactive 0” B-

BRAKE SWITCH

AC24,

BGROUND

BB-

ECM ANDTCM

COOLING

FAN

ECTS

COOLANT

TEMPERATURE

Description

Active

GNlTlON SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BATTERY POWER SVPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON ‘PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NEWORK CAN NETWORK

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT cMPS

CAMSHAFT ENGiNE

ENGINE

I

GROUND iAPPLIED, B+ ip. N, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND

Bi GROUND Bi

5”

5v

GROUND GROUND

GRO”4D GROUND

POSITION

CONTROL

HOE

HEATED

HO-S:

HEATED

1~75 2. INTAKE

B+ B+ 5”

symbols

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

GROUNC

GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND

*i Bi Bi Bi

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND

GROUND

B+ E+ B+ GROUND E+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

(VALVE

values for Control

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

PI15 /Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111HC,

ENGINE, ‘B’ BANK

BLACK

CYLINDER

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

REAR OF ENGINE

EMlO ‘28.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,, : IS-WAY’ MULTILOCK 040 iGREY EM12 Z2-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY EM14 i2-WAYM”LTlLOCK47.‘WHITE EM,5’ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

CONTROL

E J2 II GREY

LF58,

?-WAY

ECONOSEAL

JZ I BLACK

LH FRONT

UPSTREAM

EM21

4WAY

SUMlTOMO

090 II I GREY

‘& BANK

OXYGEN

SENSOR

- B UPSTREAM

EMZ,

b-WAY

SUMITOMO

AIR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

VALVE

2

REAR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

070 ‘WHITE

-A

CONTROL

HEAD,

ENGINE

MULTILOCK

SENSOR

EMlSSlON

PEDAL

REAR OF BED PLATE

OUARTER!

REARWARD

CATALYTlC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

‘B’ BANK

POWER TIMER/BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!‘K

BANK

P126,‘2-WAY

III LC I BLACK

ENGINE

VEE i UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

ECONOSEAL

KS. KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE II UNDER

AIR FLOW SENSOR

P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902

! BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BELOW

PARKING

ENGWE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

BEHlND

RiGHT

FC19 I LUCAR

BRAKE SWTCH AND MECHANlCAL

THROTTLE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSlTlON

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

GUARD

Pm

SENSORS

RIGHT ANGLE

/ i-WAY

Y*ZAKI

PI33 , P-WAY TWIN PIE! a-WAY

SENSOR VALVE

- 1

EL2,

“ACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

2

VACUUM

SWITCHING

VALVE

- 3

0902 I BL&CK CLIP,

BLACK

S”MlTOM0

TS090,

BLACK

Z-WAY SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

EU,

2.WAY

090 DC INHlBlT

1, BROWN

EL4,

Z-WAY YAZAKI

SUMITOMO 090,

GREY

REARWARD

BRAKE

INTERCOOLER!

REAR

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER THROTTLE

ASSENlBLY ASSEMBLY

/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

HAND

WHEEL

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

BEHIND

RlGHT

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

HAND

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

090 II i GREY

-A

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

SENSOR

MASS

MODULE

ARCH LINER

Relay MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

/Color

CONTROL

BROWN

/ Access MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS Location

Connector AC13

Type / Color 2O~WbY MULTlLOCK

070,

BT2

20.W.AY

070 ,WHlTE

ELI

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111iC,

EM?

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

LF3

,3~WAY

M”LT\LOCK

YELLOW

/ Access

FASClA

BOTTOM

TRUNK,

ABOYE

CONNECTOR RlGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

BLACK

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHT

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

IS-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

57.WAY

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BEHIND

GLOVE

PI2

ISWAY

ECONOSEAL

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

/II LC! BLACK 070,

GREY

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

PI, RH1

HAND

ARCH

ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

I Type

EMIAR

EYELET

IPAIR)

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAlRi

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

RIGHT

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

- RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM?AR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RiGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND

OPEN1

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

111LC / BLACK

KS: KNOCK

THRO”LE

2 38” @ 20°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE 0 98” Q 10°C. DECREASiNG WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WlTH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0 9 “@ IDLE ,SWiNGi 0 1 - 0.9” Q IDLE iSWING,

are used to represent

ECONOSEAL

P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

/ Access

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

RELAYS 05”=IDLE:475”=WOT GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

SHlELD

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

070,

PI17 ! Z-WAY EM64,2-WAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02.S HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND GROUND GROUND

MULTlLOCK

OXYGEN

EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE

PARKING

ECM PROGRAMMlNG NOT USED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE tfl ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘E’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS,CKPS, KNOCKSENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

The following

SENSOR

fR,D.GZr

MAE:

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS 2 FEEDBACK IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK H02S ‘R BANK HOX NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HWS COMMON SHlELD

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

SENSOR

MODULE

PEDAL POSlTlON ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION I TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION , PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSITION ,TPS PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK

POSITION

Location

/ Type / Color

a-WAY

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B,

Active GROUND B+ B-

Connector

Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG

GROUND GROUND

B+

GROUND

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GROUND

SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK EM,, :,G-WAYM”LTlLOCK040, EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK EM13!34-WAY MULTliOCK EM14,12-WAY MULTILOCK EM15 / Z-WAY MULTiLOCK IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR lJ7 1/Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

WHEEL)

FUEL INJECTOR - ,A FUEL iNJECTOR - ,B FUEL INJECTOR-2A FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE CRUISE CONTROL

ON STATUS

LED

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE INTERCOOLER

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

PARALLEL

iHIGH)

IGNITION

INJECTOR - 2B INJECTOR -3A INJECTOR - 38 INJECTOR-4A INJECTOR -48 PUMPS

SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

COIL RELAY ACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

I SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWiTCHlNG

GNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHiNG

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWITCHING

INJECTOR

‘38’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘4X ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘,A’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘3R ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2X ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘1B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

lGNlTlON

COlL-

,A

GNlTlON IGNlTlON

COILCOIL-

1s ZA

RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE RADIATOR FAN LH RADIATOR FAN RH REFRIGERANT.&WAY PRESSURE SWTCH

LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL

MODULE

1

AC?-,

COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS

0

AC-1

AIR CONDITIONING

I

AC&7

LOAD ,NHlBlT

0

AC4~9

COMPRESSOR

/

AC4-17

REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY

Active B+(ONI

ELECTRICAL

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL

INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE

MANIFOLD; MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD MANlFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD,

FUEL FUEL 1 FUEL FUEL FVEL FUEL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RAIL RAIL RAIL RAIL RAli RAIL

INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAlL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER

ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT

COVER COVER COVER

ENGINE ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT

COVER COVER

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R AWACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN

BLACK BLACK

ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE

METRI 630: BLACK METR! 630, BLACK 111LC, BLACK

COMPARTMENT, FRONT COMPARTMENT, FRONT COMPARTMENT/REARWARD

COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE CLEANER

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS Relay

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL V Pin Description

A/C COMPRESSOR SIDE

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR

AND WHITE 040 I GREY GREY 040, GREY 040: GREY 47 I WHITE 47, WHlTE POWER TlMER I BLACK PCWER TlMER, BLACK POWER TIMER i BLACK POWER TlMER! BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK

P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x, BLACK Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P125,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK EM27,15-WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, EM75,2-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK

IGNiTlON COIL - ZB IGNITION COIL-3A lGNlT,DN COlL 38 IGNlTlON COIL-W !GNlTlON COIL 48 IGNITION MODULE - 1 IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 ,NTERCOOLER PUMP

/ Access

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, NC “NIT, RIGHT HAND

IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J”NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK 136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ST55 P-WAY SUMlTOMO DLOBil, NATURAL BTlO: IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK ST,*, ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET PIIS, P-WAY YAZM 090X i BLACK P122,1WAY Y*zAKlo9cJx, BLACK P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK

FUSE BOX-TRVNK

SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

Location

/ Type I Color

P136, ,WAY SUMlTOMO 090 A-TYPE, BLACK AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK 47, GREY AC2, ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 47 I GREY AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 47 I GREY AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK 471 GREY AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHlTE FC63 I_IO-WAY AMP MC%, NATURAL

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR FUEL INJECTION RELAY FUEL PVMP I RELAY W, FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY

Inactive 0” 0”

LOAD SIGNAL

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

BUS EMS, BROWN BUS BT51, BROWN EM26, BROWN EM31, BROWN

/ Color

Location

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS TRUNK FUSE BOX TRUNK RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

B+ CLUTCH

ON REQUEST PRESSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

0” SWlTCH

B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

CONNECTORS Location

Connector

Type / Color

AC12 AC13 .8T2 EM,

Z-WAY MULTILOCK ZO~WAY MULTILOCK IO-WAY MULTlLOCK

070,WHITE 070, YELLOW 070, WHITE

ZO~WAY IO-WAY 14~WAY 1%WAY 1G~WAY 13.WAY

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AUGAT 1.6, AUGAT 1 6, ECONOSEAL

070, WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, GREY BLKK BLACK 11,LCiWHlTE

EM2 EM3 IJ1 iJ2 LF3 LF40 PI1 PI2 RH, RH2

l%WAY ST-WAY

ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO,

111LC, BLACK BLACK

IS~WAY Z&WAY 20.WAY

ECONOSEAL MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK

111LC, BLACK 070, GREY 070 /WHITE

SC3 SW1 SW2

12.WAY M”LT,LOCK 1%WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY JST , WHlTE

070, 040,

/ Access

FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON BEHIND GLOVE BOX REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GREY BLACK

RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

Ground

Location

BTZAL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LF?AL

EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG! TRUNK. RIGHT REAR EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, EYELET (PAIRI RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL,

RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND SIDE

EYELET EYELET

FORWARD FORWARD

LF2BL

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

(PAIR1 - LEFT HAND iPAiR - LEFT HAND

LEG, LEG,

ENGINE ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT. COMPARTMENT,

OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR +

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

CONTROL

MODULE:

AJ26 N/A

COMPONENTS

Description PRESSURE

Active

REGULATOR

C2

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STATUS

LEO

GROUND

,MAXlM”M

GROUND

= LED ON

PRESSURE1

Inactive

Component

Connector

B- ,NO PRESSURE1

D - 4 SWITCH

FC83,

Z-WA”

ST

GEAR SELECTOR

RX8

IO-WAY

ILLUMlNATlON

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

tS

GROUND

IMAXIMUM

PRESSURE,

B- iNO PRESSURE,

MODE SWITCH

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

il

GROUND

iMAXlM”M

PRESSURE,

B- iN0

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

GROUND

TRANSMlSSiON

ELECTRICAL

TRANSMlSSlON

ROTARY

‘L2’ CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

‘L& CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

STRATEGY

GROUYD

SELECT

TURBINE OUTPUT

SPEED SEWOR

OUTPUT

SPEED SENSOR

SHlELD

SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

ROTARY

‘D~4:

N’A

SWITCH

AMP M0L BOSCH

88~WAY

FRONT

BLACK

EM46

16.WAY

KOSTAL,

EM47

10.WAY

REINSHAGEN

ENGINE

BLACK MPLSO,

BLACK

ASSEMBLY,

REAR

OF GEAR SELECTOR

REARWARD

I BLACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

GROUND

Type I Color

GROUND

GROUND

AC12

2O~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

FASCIATOP

EM1

Z&WAY

M”LTlLOCK

070

WHITE

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT

ASSEMBLY

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRANSMISSION,

LEFT H*ND

TRANSMISSION,

RIGHT

HAND

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

SlDE SIDE

CONNECTORS

EM3

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 ‘GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO

Location

/ Access CONKECTOR

MOVNTING ADJACENTTO

BRACKET,‘RlGHT

HAYD

SlOE

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT H*ND

ENCLOSURE

FEEDBACK

SH,ELO

GROUND

GROUNDS

B-

KICK DOWN

Ad26

FC35,10-WAY EM7

/ Access

GEAR SELECTOR

070 /WHITE

Connector

YOT USED FLUID TEMPERATURE

CONNECTOR,

MULTILOCK

B.

300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi

SPEED SEYSOR

A.,26 WA

070 i YELLOW

9 V = NORMAL

= SPORT

GROUND

4 SWlTCH

MODULE

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH D

(TRANSMISSION)

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH

SPORT MODE SWiTCH

PRESSVRE,

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color MULTlLOCK

SWITCHES

COMMON

GROUND

GROUUD

PRESSURE

REGULATOR&2

B- iN0

Ground

Location

SOLENOID

VALVE II

B-

EMIAL

EYELET

IPAIR,

SOLENOID

VALVE #3

B-

EMlAL

EYELET

iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND

SOLENOID

VALVE #2

B+

FCSBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

PRESSURE,

/ Type LEFT HAND RIGHT

HAND

LEG ‘ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSVRE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

GROUND ROTARY

SWITCH

‘L,’ CONTACTS

GROUND

ROTARY

SWITCH

I3

GROUND

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

0”TP”T

SPEED SENSOR

CONTACTS

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STRATEGY

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

SOLENOID

VALVES

PRESSURE

REGULATORS

SELECT

GROUND

f5

B- iN0

COMMON

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

= NORMAL PRESSURE)

B-

SUPPLY

COMMON

CONTROL

B+

SUPPLY

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROVND

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

GEAR SELECTOR v

ILLUMINATION

MODULE

Pin FC88-1

IGNITION

C

FC88-3

CAN NETWORK

15-,sooHzQ25”

c

FC88~4

CAN NETWORK

15-l5&3HiQ25”

Description SWITCHEO

POWER SUPPLY

Active

Inactive

St

GROUND

I

FC88-6

GROUND

GROUND

C

FC88-8

CAN NETWORK

[email protected]”

C

FC88~9

CAN NETWORK

15-1500

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

The following

symbols

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

[email protected]

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

GROUND

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC88-1 lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY c FC88-3 CANNETWORK c FC884 CANNETWORK I FC88-6 GROUND c FC88Z CANNETWORK c FC88~9 CANNETWORK TRANSMISSION -. / ’ Pin c EM,* L c EM,*-H I EM72-12

CONTROL

MODULE:

0

EM72-13

SPEED SENSOR

EM72~14

‘1~2

4-5’

COMMON

SOLENOID

0

EM,*-l5

‘3-C SOLENOID

ACTIVATE

EM72 16

‘2~3’ SOLENOID

ACTIVATE

D

EM72~17

KC

ACTIVATE

0

EM72-33

SPEED SENSOR

EM72-34

FLUID TEMP

EM72~35

“3 SPEED SENSOR

SOLENOID

0

EM,*-36

MODULATION

K,CKDOWN

VOLTAGE

0

EM72~37

SHIFT PRESSURE

0

EM,*-38

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

GROUND COMMON

GROUND

REGULATOR

ACTIVATE

ACTIVATE REGULATOR

COMMON

VOLTAGE

SUPPLY

42% PWM @ IDLE)

GROUND

t 39% PWM @ IDLE1

GROUND GROUND

= R, D, 4.3

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNlTlON

GROVND

= N, D. 4.2

LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNITION

GROUND

= N. 4.3.2

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNiilON

GROUND

= P, D, 3.2

SUPPLIED

VOLTAGE

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

symbols

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

URANSMiSSlON,

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

TRANSMlSSlON

ELECTRICAL

MODULE

CONNECTOR:

/ Access SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK

“NDER

ACCELERATOR

FC35,

REARWARD

MULTlLOCK

IO~WAY AMP MOL, 14.WAY 18.WAY

GBi ,13-WAY

A.,26 SC

LEFT HAND

GREY

OF GEAR SELECTOR

EMX!, EM73:

AJ26 SC

070,

FRONT

FC88,10-WAY

MODULE

SWITCH

MODE SWITCH

MULTILOCK

070iWHlTE BLACK

AMP JUNIOR AMP JUNIOR KOSTAL

POWER TIMER! POWER TIMER!

ENGINE

BLACK BLACK

CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

PEDAL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

TRANSMlSSlON

1 5 I BLACK

GROUND

SUPPLY

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

/ Access

070! WHlTE

FASCIA

TOP CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

EM1

20 WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:

ADJACENTTO

WHlTE

BRACKET RIGHT

i RlGHT HAND

HAND

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

EM2

?&WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM3

Id-WAY

MVLTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

GE

12~WAY AUGAT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

1.5,

GREY

BLACK

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS (PAIR,

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGfNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

BB-

EMWL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

FCBBL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIRI - RIGHi

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type

HAND

LEG,

TUNNEL,

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

HA.ND ENCLOSURE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

BT = R. N. 4 GROUND GROUND

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:

communications

on this data page is furnished

Location

20 WAY MULTILOCK

Location

B- = P, R, 3

GROUND

Module

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

BL = P

8”=R,D

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

values for Control

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12

B- = P. N, 2

BCOMMON

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

ILLUMINATION

Location

I Type / Color

72.WAY

EYELET

B- c< WOTi

t= WOTj

GEAR RECOGNITION

D”AL

IGNlTlON

FC100:

EMlAL

0 v = SPORT, 0 ” = NORMAL ENCODED

DUAL LINEAR

KM!

The following

GROUND, B+

SWITCH VOLTAGE

Connector SWITCH

Ground

5”=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)

REGULATOR

SWITCH

= LOCKED

1.75 v Q 90’ c = R, D, 4.3.2

SPORT MODE SWlTCH DUAL LlNEAR

B+ B+ BB- = UNLOCKED GROUND S”=P.N

GROUND

FEEDBACK

VALVE i PRESSURE

KICKDOWN

Inactive

Active

FEEDBACK

PRESSURE

LINEAR

AJ26 SC

: FLUID TEMP. SENSOR

SENSOR

DUAL

GROUND

ACTIVATE

0

Component

GROUND

GEAR SELECTOR

Description CANNEWORK CANNETWORK n2SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK

0

1

COMPONENTS Inactive

B+ V Hz

to aid the user in understanding

at the those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch

control

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation. module

is ON; “Inactive”

connector

THIS INFORMATION pins

with

all

circuit

means a load is not applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR

connections made and all or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ;J Pin Description FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED I

FC14-32

IGNITION

0

FC14-48

GEARSHIFT

0

FC14~5,

KEY LOCK SOLENOID

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

lNTERLOCK

I

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK

I

FC14~80

BAKERY

S

FC14-84

SCP NETWORK

S

FC14-85

SW NETWORK

I

FC14-104

LIGHTING,

Inactive

Active

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

B- ,GEARSHIFT

SUPPLY ,LOGlC,

GROUND

FREE)

BL (KEY CAPTIVE,

GROUND

GROUND

B+ (PARK)

iR.N.D.4.3.21

,GEARSHlFT

LOCKED)

ENGINE

CONTROL

GEARSELECTOR

2-1500HZ BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

B+

B,

GEARSHIFT

Inactive 53,

Active

I

EM10-10

BRAKE SWITCH

GROUND

EM10~28

CAN NETWORK

1551500HZ

c

EM,O-27

CAN NETWORK

15-1500Hr

c

FC88-9

CAN NETWORK

MAJOR D

ILLUMINATION

CAN NEWORK

S

Pin FCE-19

S c c

Inactive

PACK Active 2-1600H2

Fc?S-20

SW NETWORK

2 - ,600

FCZ524

CAN NEWORK

15

1500 Hi

FCZS-47

CAN NETWORK

15

1500 Hz

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

EM,0 : zsw*\y EM,, / IS-WAY EM12 Z-WAY EM,3,34-WAY EM14 / 12.WAY EM15 22.WAY

MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK M”LTlLOCK47

FC88,

IO-WAY

MULTILOCK

FIX?,

Z~WAY MVLTILOCK

SC, II 12.WAY

SWlTCHGEARi

MULTILOCK

FC25 ! 489fvAY FC26 i Z&WAY

PACK

FC87 : 3.WAY

MICROSWTCH

MVLTILOCK

ENGINE

040, GREY 040 i GREY 040, GREY WI! GREY /WHITE : WHlTE

FRONT

070 i WHlTE 070,

i CONTROL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

STEERING

WHITE

AIRBAG

BRACKET

PEDAL

COMPARTMENT

GEAR SELECTOR

070 /WHITE

AMP PCB SGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL

/ Access SIDE FASCIA,

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

COLUMN

FASCIA

BLXK i BLACK

GEAR SELECTOR

070 ,’ WHITE

ASSEMBLY

CONNECTORS Location

/ Access

Connector AC13

Type / Color 20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

FASC,A

BOFFOM

EM,

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT

WHITE

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Ground

Location

FC2BR

EYELET

IPAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FC3BR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

FC4BR

EYELET

IPAIR)

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

Hz

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

/ Type

RIGHT

HAND

‘A’ POST TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGEI

t-

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

are used to represent

Input output Signal Ground

iCOLUMN

070,

Location PASSENGER

Inactive

Description

symbols

NOT-IN-PARK

I Type I Color AMP EEECIGREY

GROUNDS

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

I 0 SG

MODULE

SW NETWORK

The following

SOLENOID

MODVLE

SOLENOID

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Description CANNETWORK CANNETWDRK

INSTRUMENT

lLL”MlNATlDN

,NTERLOCK

MA.JOR lNSTR”MENT

c

Pin FC88-4 FC88-3 FC88~8

MODULE

(KEY RELEASED)

2 - ,600 HZ

MOTORS

704.WAY

AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK

B-

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description

;;;i c c c

FCld;

MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

KEYLOCK

GEAR SELECTOR

Connector

Component

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit

operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 LF37-1 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE LKw2 BRAKE SWlTCH LF37-3 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SG LF37-4 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR c LF37~5 CANNETWORK SG LF37~6 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR I LF37-7 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF37-8 GROUND LF379 EATERYPOWER SUPPLY LF37-10 NOTUSED LF37-l, NOT“SE0 / LF37-13 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH STABILITY,

TRACTION

CONTROL

SWATCH

CONTROL

SWlTCH

COMPONENTS Inactive E+ B+

Connector

Component AES /TRACTION BRAKE FLUID

CONTROL

CONTROL

MODULE

RESERVOlR

BRAKE SWTCH

AMP

EM37 / Z-WAY

AMP JUNIOR

AC24,

MULTILOCK

I TRACTION

BLACK POWER TIMER,

BLACK

E+

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

LEO

Location / Access FASClABOTTOM CONNECTOR

Ei

TRUNK,

LH FRONT WHEEL

SPEED SENSOR

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

LEFT HAND

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

RIGHT

NOT USED

ENGINE

GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK

MESSAGES.

REAR WHEEL

LEFT HAND

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR

BEHIND

ES+

RIGHT HAND

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

GROUND POWER SUPPLY

ABOVE

MOUNTING BRACKET,

SPEED SENSOR

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

FRONT

LEFT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRAKE

BOOSTER

ENCLOSURE

PEDAL

CONNECTORS

LH FRONT WHEEL

BATTERY

COMPARTMENT,

TOP OF BRAKE

070 I WHITE

/ Access

ENGINE

B-

B+ STATE

HYBRID,

GROUtiD

CAN NETWORK STABILITY

I-WAY

Location

/ Type / Color

LF37 i E-WAY

‘K POST CONNECTOR

GLOVE

RIGHT

HANDSIOE

ARCH

HAND

SlDE SIDE

ENCLOSURE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

CLEANER MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

‘4’ POST TRIM

BOX

GROUNDS Location / Type EYELET PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG,RIGHTHAND‘K POST EYELET ,PAlR,- RIGHT HANDLEG, LEFTHAND‘N POST

Ground FClER FC4BR LFSAS CONTROL

EYELET

MODULE

ISINGW,ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

Module

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”

COmPOnentS

values for Control

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 ACM DEFROST VENTSERVO MOTOR 0

AC,-7

COMPONENTS B+

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

B+

0

ACM

LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B+

0

ACE

RH FRESH,

RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B-

0

AC1~12

FOOTWELL

VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-13

COOL AIR BYPASS

0

AC,-19

DEFROST

0

ACb20

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-21

LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION

VENTSERVO

MOTOR

B-

VENT SERVO MOTOR

P,-

BBB-

0

AC,-22

RH FRESH ‘RECIRCULATION

0

NY-25

FOOnvELL

0

AC1~26

COOL AIR BYPASS

AC2-1

SOLAR SENSOR

AC2 2

CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER

ACZ-3

RH FRESH:

AC-5

COOL AIR BYPASS

SERVO MOTOR

B-

SERVO MOTOR

ENGINE

DEFROSTVENT

ACZ-11

LH FRESH,

AC*-13

FOOTWELLVENT

0

AC-2

CLOCK

D

AC3~3

SERIAL

I

AK-5

AMBIENT

BA

FEEDBACK

0 75 ” - 4.75 “: INCREASiNG

RECIRCULATION

ACX

FEEDBACK VENT POTENTIOMETER

VENT POTENTIOMETER

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

COOLANTTEMPERATURE REClRCULATlON

FEEDBACK

POTENTIOMETER

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

DATA OUTPUT

TO CONTROL

PANEL

SENSOR

FEEDBACK

TEMPERATURE

AC36

HEATER

AC-7

SERfAL DATA INPUT

0

AC38

START

I

AK-11

IN CAR TEMPERATURE

I

AX-12

EVAPORATOR

AC4-1

IGNITION

AC4-2

ISOLATE

AC4-3

IGNITION

AC4-4

CONTROL

AC4-5

BATTERY

AC46

ENGINE

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL

PANEL

MATRIX

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

FROM CONTROL

FEEDBACK

AIR INT*KE

- RH BLOWER

NC “NIT

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR

8 HEATER

TEMPERATURE

SWITCHED

SENSOR

AlC “NIT!

MATRlXASSEMBLY

SWITCHED

BATTERY

A/C “NIT

VENT ASSEMBLY

SIDE

HAND

RIGHT

SIDE

HAND

HORN

LEFT HAND

SIDE ADJACENT

TO DEFROST

“EN7

‘TOP

RELAYS Relay ISOLATE

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BLACK,

FC24,“IOLET

VIOLET

/ Color

Location RH FASCIA

I Access RELAYS

WITH TEMPERATURE c 1”

= OPEN

= CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

2.18 V Q 25’ C; DECREASING

WITH TEMPERATURE

2 25 V @ WC:

WITH TEMPERATURE

DECREASlNG

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

CONNECTORS Location

Type / Color

/ Access CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SiDE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

FASCIA

BO”OM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

‘K POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM

0”

3 25 V Q 0” C, DECREASING

WlTH TEMPERATURE

3 25 “Q

WITH TEMPERATURE

O’C, DECREASING

GROUNDS

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

PANEL BATERY

LEFT HAND IRIGHT

DRIVER SIDE FASCIA!

SENSOR

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

POWER SUPPLY

RELAY CONTROLLED

SIDE

DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

LEFT HAND

FEEDBACK

HAND

CONSOLE

ADJACENTTO

SENSOR

ASSEMBLY

EVAPORATOR SOLAR

/ Access

N/c “NIT/RIGHT

GREY GREY GREY GREY

CENTER

PANEL

FEEDBACK

47: 47, 47, 47,

A/C “NlT,

< 1 ” = CLOSED

B+ (MOMENTARY! SENSOR

Location

/ Type / Color MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK MVLTlLOCK

- LH BLOWER

>35”.OPEN DECREASING

AC,, 26.WAY AC2, IS-WAY AC3,12-WAY AC4,22-WAY

A,R INTAKE

c 1” = CLOSED

POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

0”

Ground

Location

0”

FC2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

/ Type

B+

FCSCS

EYELET

(SINGLE,,

0”

FC4BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND TUNNEL.

‘A’ POST

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘N POST

B+

SPEED SlGNAL

0

AC4-8

POTENTIOMETER

.x4-10

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

INPUT

0

AC4~12

CONTROL

POWER SUPPLY

/x4-13

GROUND

0

AW14

CONTROL

0

AC4~15

ISOLATE

RELAY ACTIVE

B+

AC4-16

VEHICLE

SPEED SIGNAL

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,,

0

AC4-18

ASPIRATOR

0

At%19

POTENTlOMETER

AW20

GROUND

ACI-21

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

symbols

MODULE

35”=OPEN

> 3.5”

VENT POTENTIOMETER

WITH SOLAR

Connector

Component

,35”=OPEN

2.5 V @ WC,

POTENTIOMETER

D

0

L

VENT SERVO MOTOR

VENT SERVO MOTOR

AC*-10

Inactive 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0”

Active

COMMON

PANEL BATTERY PANEL GROUND

MOTOR

REFERENCE

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

COMMON

REFERENCE

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

GROUND

5”

CONTROL +

B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

0” 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H,

@ B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

OUTPUT

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

VOLTAGE

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

communications

to

aid

the

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

user

in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit

operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ‘7 Pin Description

COMPONENTS

AICCM

LOAD INHlBlT

AlCCM

ELECTRICAL

AiCCM

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

4-WAY REFRIGERANT

SWITCH

4-WAY

LOAD SIGNAL BEClUES HIGH PRESSURE

REFRIGERANTSWITCH

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

HIGH PRESSURE

COMPRESSOR

RELAY ACTI’$ATE

0

EMIS-

SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE

0

EM13-16

PARALLEL

IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL I Pin Description COMPRESSOR

B7

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

B+

GROUND

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL

BA

GROVNO

GROUND

0 20 BAR ,290 PSli

GROUND

@ 12 BAR 1174 PSI,

GROUND

B-

GROUND

B-

GROUND

B7

Active STATUS

B+ 0”

B+

0”

B-

0”

RELAY ACTIVE HEATER

HEATER

MOTOR

RELAYS ACTIVATE

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

HEATED

BACKLIGHT

RELAY ACTIVATE

ACZ-7

RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK

*CT*-8

RH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

1

AC2-15

LH BLOWER

SPEED FEEDBACK

At216

LH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

I

ACS-7

LOAD INHIBIT

AC4-9

COMPRESSOR

1

Awl,

REFRIGERANTCWAY

7.6” DRIVE SiGNAL DRIVE SIGNAL

ELECTRICAL

= LOW SPEED

0.83”

= HIGH SPEED

S”MlTOM0

090 HYBRlD

! GREEN

A/C “NIT,

AC6,

SUMITOMO

090 HYBRID

i GREEN

A/C “NIT,

CONTROL

IS-WAY

EM?0 2%WAY EM,, ! 16.WAY EM12, Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14,72-WAY EM15 :22-WAY

MODULE

LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF7, IO-WAY LFB / IO-WAY LF70, EYELET

COMPARTMENT

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. UT A.

BTlO , ?&WAY BTll / IO~WAY BT12, IO-WAY BT13, ,O~WAY BT64, EYELET

040, GREY 040 i GREY 0401 GREY 040: GREY 47 {WHITE 47 /WHITE

FUSEBOX FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

“.T A. U.T.A. U T.A U TA.

i NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX!

RIGHT HAND

LEFT HAND COMPARTMENT

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!

TRUNK,

NATURAL / BLACK GREEN BLUE

SIDE

RIGHT HAND

ENGINE

ELECTRICAL

BACKLIGHT,

RIGHT

COMPRESSOR SIDE

SIDE I CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

LEFT FRONT

CARRIER

HAND

SIDE

HEATED

BACKLIGHT

RH17;L”CAIR

RIGHTANGLE

HEATER

PUMP

EM41 /Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC / BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

HEATERVALVE

EM43,2-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

MlRROR

DD8,

MULTlLOCK

040,

BLUE

DRIVER DOOR

MULTILOCK

040,

BLUE

PASSENGER

DRIVER

,l~WAY

DPB,

RADlATOR

FAN CONTROL

= LOW SPEED

0.83”

RADlATOR

FAN - RH

1.3”

= LOW SPEED

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

REFRIGERANT4~WAY

LF9,

RELAY MODULE

PRESSURE

SWITCH

,*-WAY &WAY

TRW,

ADJACENT

BLACK

LF13,

Z-WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF12,

&WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF57,

&WAY

ECONOSEAL

DOOR TO LEFT HAND

HORN

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

111LC, BLACK

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

REARWARD

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

WlNDSHlELD

HEATER

- LH

EM49,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

187C,

GREY

ENGINE

WINDSHIELD

HEATER

- RH

EM48,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

18X,

GREY

ENGINE

OF RADIATOR

RELAYS

0” BT ,O”T

A/C “NIT,

GREY GREY GREY GREY

&X,15-WAY

7 5”

SWlTCH

471 47! 47; 47 :

- RH

FAN - LH

ON REQUEST PRESSURE

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

/ Access

COMPARTMENT,A,C

- LH

RADIATOR

0”

AC, ,26-WAY AU, 16.WAY AC3,12~WAY AC4 1 SWAY

ENGINE

BLACK

MOTOR

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

LOAD SlGNAL

090 A-TYPE,

MOTOR

1.3 V = LOW SPEED

= HIGH SPEED

Location

I Type / Color

I~WAY SUMlTOMO

BLOWER

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

B+ CLUTCH

MODULE

MIRROR-PASSENGER

1 0

0

0”

RELAY ACTIVATE

HEATER

AIR CONDITIONING

0”

RELAYACTIVATE

PI%,

CLUTCH

BLOWER ENGlNE

Inactive 0” 0” B, B+ B0”

Br iON, E+

MOTOR

Connector

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

HEATER VALVE ACTIVE

LH BLOWER

AC3-1

Component

GROUND

RH BLOWER

LH ,‘RH WINDSHIELD

0

Inactive

MODULE

CLUTCH

DOOR MIRROR

0

Active

OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

Relay AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

BUS

Location

/ Color

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY-

LH

BLACK,

BLUE

ACZO,

BLUE

DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY - RH

BLACK,

BLUE

*cm,

BLUE

DRiVESHAFT

RELAYS

BLUE

DOOR MIRROR

HEATER

HEATED

BACKLIGHT

HEATER

PUMP

RELAY

RELAY

1#21

RELAY (#1)

LH FASCIA

BLACK/BLUE

FC28,

BROWN

BUS

TRUNK

BROWN

BUS

ENGINE

TUNNEL RELAYS

RELAYS COMPARTMENT

WlNOSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY-

LH

BROWN

EM44,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

WiNDSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY

RH

BROWN

EM45,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

CONNECTORS Location

Type / Color

FASCIA

/ Access

TOP CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

?&WAY

070,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

MULTILOCK

20.WA’,

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK,

d-WAY

ECONOSEAL

TRUNK/ABOVE

111HC, BLACK

23~WAY AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRl”ER

23.WAY

BLACK

PASSENGER

AMP

FORD,

HAND

SlDE ‘N POST MO”NT,NG SIDE ‘R POST,‘A’

BRACKET,

‘R POST TRlM

POSTTRIM

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO

RiGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

IB-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

13WAY

FUSE BOX RELAYS

ECONOSEAL

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

X-WAY

M”LTILOCK

YELLOW

111LC / WHlTE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAN0

ENCLOSURE

111LC I BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

LEFT HAND

WHITE

ENGINE

BLACK

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

REAR OF CENTER

070 l WHlTE

MO”NTlNG

COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON CONSOLE

BRACKET,‘A’

POSTTRIM

TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground

Location

EMlAR

EYELET

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data Page is furnished

NoTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

to aid the user in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

EMlBL

EYELET

(PAIR) - RlGHT

EMIBS

EYELET

ISINGLE),

EMZAR

EYELET

(P,+,R)

EM2BL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

ENGlNE RlGHT

COMPARTMENT,

HAND

ENGINE

LEG, LEG,

RIGHT

ENGINE ENGINE

HAND

COMPARTMENT,

EYELET

(SINGLE),

FCZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FIXAL

EYELET EYELET

(PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PA,R) LEFT HAND

LEG, LEG,

LEFT HAND ‘X POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT.

LFZAR

EYELET

(PAIR)

LF?BL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

RH2S

EYELET

(SINGLE),

CONTROL

MODULE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT HAND

LEG, LEG,

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND HAND

ENGINE ENGlNE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

COMPARTMENT,

EM?BS

LF2AL

The following

/ Type

iPAl!% - RlGHT

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

‘X POST

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD FORWARD FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH HOOD HOOD

CATCH CATCH

REAR QUARTER

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL MAJOR

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT

COMPONENTS

PACK

Description GROUND

Active GROUND B+ B+ GROUND

SUPPLY MINORINSTRUMENT PACKWLITTERY POWER SUPPLY ADAPTl”E DAMPING WARNlNG TRIPCYCLE ‘NB’TRIPSELECT ‘ML,KM’SELECT SWNErwORK SW NETWORK cm NEWORK CANNETWORK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY GROUNO lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY MINOR lNSTRUMENT PACK ILL”M,NAT,ON SUPPLY GROUND REFERENCE ‘CLEAR’ SELECT ‘000’SELECT CANNETWORK CANNETWORK IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER

SPEED-ADAPTIVE

BAnERY

VOLTAGE

BATTERYVOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE BATTERY

B-

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

DAMPING

CONTROL

MlNOR lNSTRUMENT TR,P COMPUTER

FC79

20.WAY

PI40 ,‘1-WAY

,COLUMN

SC2

SWITCHGEAR)

ENGlNE

BROWN

RESERVOIR

FASCIA ENGINE

BLACK

BLACK

FASCIA;

070 I YELLOW

STEERING

AMP MOL:

BLOCK:

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

DRIVER SIDE COLUMN

CONNECTORS Location

/ Access

WWAY

MULTfiOCK

070 /WHITE

TRUNK

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

R,GHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BEHIND

GLOVE

16-WAY

I COOLANT

FASCIA

BLACK BLACK

040 ,’ BLACK ECJZ,

MULT,LOCK

I Access

COMPARTMENT

TRUNK!FUELTANK

MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL

10.WAY

Type / Color

Connector

POWER TIMER,

AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL,

FCZ, / 10.WAY

PACK

MULTILOCK

(MOMENTARY)

57~WAY SUMlTOMO,

GROUND

iMOMENTARY

20.WAY

15-1500

HZ

MULTILOCK

YELLOW

BLACK 070,

GREY

/ABOVE

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

‘ADJACENTTO BRACKET

ARCH

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

BOX

15-1500Hr C3”

B+

3w

VEHICLE

SPEED

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI:

DIMMER

OVERRIDE

GROUND

CHARGE

WARNING

B+

WARNING

(PAIR) - RlGHT

@ B+

5”

WARNING

EYELET

44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

5”

FEEDBACK

Location

EMlBR

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

FEEDBACK

GROUND

Ground

22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,;

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

GROUNDS

22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,;

37-5”iPULSEl

LOW COOLANT

PACK

GROUND

MOVEMENT

LOW OIL PRESSURE

4%WAY 24.WAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

POSlTlON

POSlTlON

FC25! FC26:

SWITCH

Location

I Type I Color RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE

PACK

SWITCH

TRlP CYCLE SWITCH

POSITION

GAUGE

BT7 ! LUCAR BTB / LUCAR

INSTRUMENT

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

POSlTlON

MAJOR

GROUND

GAUGE

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH,

e Br

B+ GROUND Bt

GROUND

PACK Inactive B+

Pin FCE~E

MINOR

/

x79-9

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

37-5”iPULSEi

I

FC79-10

Oil PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3 7 - 6 ” ,PULSEi

I

FC79-1,

CHARGE

I

FC79-12

BATTERY

1

FC79~13

EATERY

VOLTAGE

I

FCX-14

BATTERY

VOLTAGE VOLTAGE

GAUGE

Description

Active

INSTRUMENT

PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON

SUPPLY

B+

WARNING

Bi